1 |
38 |
julius |
/* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
|
2 |
|
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
|
3 |
|
|
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
|
4 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
5 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
7 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
9 |
|
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
10 |
|
|
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
|
11 |
|
|
version.
|
12 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
14 |
|
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
15 |
|
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
16 |
|
|
for more details.
|
17 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
19 |
|
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
|
20 |
|
|
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
21 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
/* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
|
24 |
|
|
*except* the instructions of a function.
|
25 |
|
|
This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
|
26 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
|
28 |
|
|
and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
|
29 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
31 |
|
|
#include "system.h"
|
32 |
|
|
#include "coretypes.h"
|
33 |
|
|
#include "tm.h"
|
34 |
|
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
35 |
|
|
#include "tree.h"
|
36 |
|
|
#include "flags.h"
|
37 |
|
|
#include "function.h"
|
38 |
|
|
#include "expr.h"
|
39 |
|
|
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
40 |
|
|
#include "regs.h"
|
41 |
|
|
#include "real.h"
|
42 |
|
|
#include "output.h"
|
43 |
|
|
#include "toplev.h"
|
44 |
|
|
#include "hashtab.h"
|
45 |
|
|
#include "c-pragma.h"
|
46 |
|
|
#include "ggc.h"
|
47 |
|
|
#include "langhooks.h"
|
48 |
|
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
49 |
|
|
#include "debug.h"
|
50 |
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
51 |
|
|
#include "tree-mudflap.h"
|
52 |
|
|
#include "cgraph.h"
|
53 |
|
|
#include "cfglayout.h"
|
54 |
|
|
#include "basic-block.h"
|
55 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
#ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
57 |
|
|
#include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data
|
58 |
|
|
declarations for e.g. AIX 4.x. */
|
59 |
|
|
#endif
|
60 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
/* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
|
62 |
|
|
extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
|
63 |
|
|
extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
|
64 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
const char *first_global_object_name;
|
66 |
|
|
const char *weak_global_object_name;
|
67 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
struct addr_const;
|
69 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
|
70 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool;
|
71 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
struct varasm_status GTY(())
|
73 |
|
|
{
|
74 |
|
|
/* If we're using a per-function constant pool, this is it. */
|
75 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
|
76 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
/* Number of tree-constants deferred during the expansion of this
|
78 |
|
|
function. */
|
79 |
|
|
unsigned int deferred_constants;
|
80 |
|
|
};
|
81 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
#define n_deferred_constants (cfun->varasm->deferred_constants)
|
83 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
/* Number for making the label on the next
|
85 |
|
|
constant that is stored in memory. */
|
86 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
|
88 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
/* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
90 |
|
|
to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
|
91 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
int size_directive_output;
|
93 |
|
|
|
94 |
|
|
/* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
|
95 |
|
|
if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
|
96 |
|
|
If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
|
97 |
|
|
this holds 0. */
|
98 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
|
100 |
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
/* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
|
102 |
|
|
in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
|
103 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
bool first_function_block_is_cold;
|
105 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
/* We give all constants their own alias set. Perhaps redundant with
|
107 |
|
|
MEM_READONLY_P, but pre-dates it. */
|
108 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
static HOST_WIDE_INT const_alias_set;
|
110 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
|
112 |
|
|
static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
|
113 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
114 |
|
|
static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
|
115 |
|
|
#endif
|
116 |
|
|
static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
|
117 |
|
|
static hashval_t const_desc_hash (const void *);
|
118 |
|
|
static int const_desc_eq (const void *, const void *);
|
119 |
|
|
static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
|
120 |
|
|
static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
|
121 |
|
|
static tree copy_constant (tree);
|
122 |
|
|
static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
|
123 |
|
|
static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
|
124 |
|
|
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT array_size_for_constructor (tree);
|
125 |
|
|
static unsigned min_align (unsigned, unsigned);
|
126 |
|
|
static void output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
|
127 |
|
|
static void globalize_decl (tree);
|
128 |
|
|
static void maybe_assemble_visibility (tree);
|
129 |
|
|
#ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
130 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
131 |
|
|
static void asm_output_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
|
132 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
|
133 |
|
|
#endif
|
134 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
|
135 |
|
|
static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
|
136 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
|
137 |
|
|
ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
138 |
|
|
#endif
|
139 |
|
|
#endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
|
140 |
|
|
static void mark_weak (tree);
|
141 |
|
|
static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
|
142 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
/* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
|
144 |
|
|
section *text_section;
|
145 |
|
|
section *data_section;
|
146 |
|
|
section *readonly_data_section;
|
147 |
|
|
section *sdata_section;
|
148 |
|
|
section *ctors_section;
|
149 |
|
|
section *dtors_section;
|
150 |
|
|
section *bss_section;
|
151 |
|
|
section *sbss_section;
|
152 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
/* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
|
154 |
|
|
section *tls_comm_section;
|
155 |
|
|
section *comm_section;
|
156 |
|
|
section *lcomm_section;
|
157 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
/* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
|
159 |
|
|
May be null. */
|
160 |
|
|
section *bss_noswitch_section;
|
161 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
/* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
|
163 |
|
|
is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
|
164 |
|
|
switch_to_exception_section. */
|
165 |
|
|
section *exception_section;
|
166 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
/* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
|
168 |
|
|
The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
|
169 |
|
|
first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
|
170 |
|
|
section *eh_frame_section;
|
171 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
/* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
|
173 |
|
|
been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
|
174 |
|
|
section *in_section;
|
175 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
/* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
|
177 |
|
|
at the cold section. */
|
178 |
|
|
bool in_cold_section_p;
|
179 |
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
/* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
|
181 |
|
|
static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
|
182 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
/* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
|
184 |
|
|
#ifndef IN_NAMED_SECTION
|
185 |
|
|
#define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
|
186 |
|
|
((TREE_CODE (DECL) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (DECL) == VAR_DECL) \
|
187 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL_TREE)
|
188 |
|
|
#endif
|
189 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
/* Hash table of named sections. */
|
191 |
|
|
static GTY((param_is (section))) htab_t section_htab;
|
192 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
/* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
|
194 |
|
|
static GTY((param_is (struct object_block))) htab_t object_block_htab;
|
195 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
/* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
|
197 |
|
|
static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
|
198 |
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
/* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
|
200 |
|
|
static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
|
201 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
/* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
|
203 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
static int
|
205 |
|
|
section_entry_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
206 |
|
|
{
|
207 |
|
|
const section *old = p1;
|
208 |
|
|
const char *new = p2;
|
209 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
return strcmp (old->named.name, new) == 0;
|
211 |
|
|
}
|
212 |
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
214 |
|
|
section_entry_hash (const void *p)
|
215 |
|
|
{
|
216 |
|
|
const section *old = p;
|
217 |
|
|
return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
|
218 |
|
|
}
|
219 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
/* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
|
221 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
223 |
|
|
hash_section (section *sect)
|
224 |
|
|
{
|
225 |
|
|
if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
|
226 |
|
|
return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
|
227 |
|
|
return sect->common.flags;
|
228 |
|
|
}
|
229 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
/* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
|
231 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
static int
|
233 |
|
|
object_block_entry_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
234 |
|
|
{
|
235 |
|
|
const struct object_block *old = p1;
|
236 |
|
|
const section *new = p2;
|
237 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
return old->sect == new;
|
239 |
|
|
}
|
240 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
242 |
|
|
object_block_entry_hash (const void *p)
|
243 |
|
|
{
|
244 |
|
|
const struct object_block *old = p;
|
245 |
|
|
return hash_section (old->sect);
|
246 |
|
|
}
|
247 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
/* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
|
249 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
section *
|
251 |
|
|
get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
|
252 |
|
|
const void *data)
|
253 |
|
|
{
|
254 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
255 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
sect = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct unnamed_section));
|
257 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
|
258 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
|
259 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.data = data;
|
260 |
|
|
sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
|
261 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
|
unnamed_sections = sect;
|
263 |
|
|
return sect;
|
264 |
|
|
}
|
265 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
/* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
|
267 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
static section *
|
269 |
|
|
get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
|
270 |
|
|
{
|
271 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
272 |
|
|
|
273 |
|
|
sect = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct unnamed_section));
|
274 |
|
|
sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
|
275 |
|
|
sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
|
276 |
|
|
|
277 |
|
|
return sect;
|
278 |
|
|
}
|
279 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
/* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
|
281 |
|
|
a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
|
282 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
section *
|
284 |
|
|
get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
|
285 |
|
|
{
|
286 |
|
|
section *sect, **slot;
|
287 |
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
slot = (section **)
|
289 |
|
|
htab_find_slot_with_hash (section_htab, name,
|
290 |
|
|
htab_hash_string (name), INSERT);
|
291 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
|
292 |
|
|
if (*slot == NULL)
|
293 |
|
|
{
|
294 |
|
|
sect = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct named_section));
|
295 |
|
|
sect->named.common.flags = flags;
|
296 |
|
|
sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
|
297 |
|
|
sect->named.decl = decl;
|
298 |
|
|
*slot = sect;
|
299 |
|
|
}
|
300 |
|
|
else
|
301 |
|
|
{
|
302 |
|
|
sect = *slot;
|
303 |
|
|
if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
|
304 |
|
|
&& ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
|
305 |
|
|
{
|
306 |
|
|
/* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
|
307 |
|
|
if (decl == 0)
|
308 |
|
|
decl = sect->named.decl;
|
309 |
|
|
gcc_assert (decl);
|
310 |
|
|
error ("%+D causes a section type conflict", decl);
|
311 |
|
|
}
|
312 |
|
|
}
|
313 |
|
|
return sect;
|
314 |
|
|
}
|
315 |
|
|
|
316 |
|
|
/* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
|
317 |
|
|
objects grouped into blocks. */
|
318 |
|
|
|
319 |
|
|
static bool
|
320 |
|
|
use_object_blocks_p (void)
|
321 |
|
|
{
|
322 |
|
|
return flag_section_anchors;
|
323 |
|
|
}
|
324 |
|
|
|
325 |
|
|
/* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
|
326 |
|
|
structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
|
327 |
|
|
itself is null. */
|
328 |
|
|
|
329 |
|
|
static struct object_block *
|
330 |
|
|
get_block_for_section (section *sect)
|
331 |
|
|
{
|
332 |
|
|
struct object_block *block;
|
333 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
334 |
|
|
|
335 |
|
|
if (sect == NULL)
|
336 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
337 |
|
|
|
338 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (object_block_htab, sect,
|
339 |
|
|
hash_section (sect), INSERT);
|
340 |
|
|
block = (struct object_block *) *slot;
|
341 |
|
|
if (block == NULL)
|
342 |
|
|
{
|
343 |
|
|
block = (struct object_block *)
|
344 |
|
|
ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct object_block));
|
345 |
|
|
block->sect = sect;
|
346 |
|
|
*slot = block;
|
347 |
|
|
}
|
348 |
|
|
return block;
|
349 |
|
|
}
|
350 |
|
|
|
351 |
|
|
/* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
|
352 |
|
|
OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
|
353 |
|
|
is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
|
354 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
static rtx
|
356 |
|
|
create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
|
357 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
|
358 |
|
|
{
|
359 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
360 |
|
|
unsigned int size;
|
361 |
|
|
|
362 |
|
|
/* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
|
363 |
|
|
size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
|
364 |
|
|
symbol = ggc_alloc_zone (size, &rtl_zone);
|
365 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
/* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
|
367 |
|
|
memset (symbol, 0, size);
|
368 |
|
|
PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
|
369 |
|
|
PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
|
370 |
|
|
XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
|
371 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
|
372 |
|
|
|
373 |
|
|
/* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
|
374 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
|
375 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
|
376 |
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
return symbol;
|
378 |
|
|
}
|
379 |
|
|
|
380 |
|
|
static void
|
381 |
|
|
initialize_cold_section_name (void)
|
382 |
|
|
{
|
383 |
|
|
const char *stripped_name;
|
384 |
|
|
char *name, *buffer;
|
385 |
|
|
tree dsn;
|
386 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
|
gcc_assert (cfun && current_function_decl);
|
388 |
|
|
if (cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)
|
389 |
|
|
return;
|
390 |
|
|
|
391 |
|
|
dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
|
392 |
|
|
if (flag_function_sections && dsn)
|
393 |
|
|
{
|
394 |
|
|
name = alloca (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (dsn) + 1);
|
395 |
|
|
memcpy (name, TREE_STRING_POINTER (dsn), TREE_STRING_LENGTH (dsn) + 1);
|
396 |
|
|
|
397 |
|
|
stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
|
398 |
|
|
|
399 |
|
|
buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, "_unlikely", NULL));
|
400 |
|
|
cfun->unlikely_text_section_name = ggc_strdup (buffer);
|
401 |
|
|
}
|
402 |
|
|
else
|
403 |
|
|
cfun->unlikely_text_section_name = UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME;
|
404 |
|
|
}
|
405 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
/* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
|
407 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
section *
|
409 |
|
|
unlikely_text_section (void)
|
410 |
|
|
{
|
411 |
|
|
if (cfun)
|
412 |
|
|
{
|
413 |
|
|
if (!cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)
|
414 |
|
|
initialize_cold_section_name ();
|
415 |
|
|
|
416 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, cfun->unlikely_text_section_name, 0);
|
417 |
|
|
}
|
418 |
|
|
else
|
419 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME, 0);
|
420 |
|
|
}
|
421 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
/* When called within a function context, return true if the function
|
423 |
|
|
has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
|
424 |
|
|
When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
|
425 |
|
|
default cold section. */
|
426 |
|
|
|
427 |
|
|
bool
|
428 |
|
|
unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
|
429 |
|
|
{
|
430 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
431 |
|
|
|
432 |
|
|
if (cfun)
|
433 |
|
|
name = cfun->unlikely_text_section_name;
|
434 |
|
|
else
|
435 |
|
|
name = UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME;
|
436 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
return (name
|
438 |
|
|
&& sect
|
439 |
|
|
&& SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NAMED
|
440 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, sect->named.name) == 0);
|
441 |
|
|
}
|
442 |
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
/* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
|
444 |
|
|
flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
|
445 |
|
|
is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
|
446 |
|
|
DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
|
447 |
|
|
(see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
|
448 |
|
|
section_type_flags. */
|
449 |
|
|
|
450 |
|
|
section *
|
451 |
|
|
get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
|
452 |
|
|
{
|
453 |
|
|
unsigned int flags;
|
454 |
|
|
|
455 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!decl || DECL_P (decl));
|
456 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
457 |
|
|
name = TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
|
458 |
|
|
|
459 |
|
|
flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
|
460 |
|
|
|
461 |
|
|
return get_section (name, flags, decl);
|
462 |
|
|
}
|
463 |
|
|
|
464 |
|
|
/* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
|
465 |
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
void
|
467 |
|
|
resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
468 |
|
|
int flag_function_or_data_sections)
|
469 |
|
|
{
|
470 |
|
|
if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE
|
471 |
|
|
&& targetm.have_named_sections
|
472 |
|
|
&& (flag_function_or_data_sections
|
473 |
|
|
|| DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl)))
|
474 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
|
475 |
|
|
}
|
476 |
|
|
|
477 |
|
|
#ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
478 |
|
|
|
479 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
480 |
|
|
|
481 |
|
|
/* Utility function for ASM_OUTPUT_BSS for targets to use if
|
482 |
|
|
they don't support alignments in .bss.
|
483 |
|
|
??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
|
484 |
|
|
support is localized here. */
|
485 |
|
|
|
486 |
|
|
static void
|
487 |
|
|
asm_output_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
488 |
|
|
const char *name,
|
489 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
490 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded)
|
491 |
|
|
{
|
492 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (file, name);
|
493 |
|
|
switch_to_section (bss_section);
|
494 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
495 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
|
496 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
|
497 |
|
|
#else
|
498 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
|
499 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
|
500 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
|
501 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, rounded ? rounded : 1);
|
502 |
|
|
}
|
503 |
|
|
|
504 |
|
|
#endif
|
505 |
|
|
|
506 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
|
507 |
|
|
|
508 |
|
|
/* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
|
509 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
|
510 |
|
|
??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
|
511 |
|
|
support is localized here. */
|
512 |
|
|
|
513 |
|
|
static void
|
514 |
|
|
asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
515 |
|
|
const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
|
516 |
|
|
int align)
|
517 |
|
|
{
|
518 |
|
|
switch_to_section (bss_section);
|
519 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
520 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
521 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
|
522 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
|
523 |
|
|
#else
|
524 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
|
525 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
|
526 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
|
527 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
|
528 |
|
|
}
|
529 |
|
|
|
530 |
|
|
#endif
|
531 |
|
|
|
532 |
|
|
#endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
|
533 |
|
|
|
534 |
|
|
#ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
|
535 |
|
|
/* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
|
536 |
|
|
null DECLs. */
|
537 |
|
|
|
538 |
|
|
static section *
|
539 |
|
|
hot_function_section (tree decl)
|
540 |
|
|
{
|
541 |
|
|
if (decl != NULL_TREE
|
542 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
|
543 |
|
|
&& targetm.have_named_sections)
|
544 |
|
|
return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
|
545 |
|
|
else
|
546 |
|
|
return text_section;
|
547 |
|
|
}
|
548 |
|
|
#endif
|
549 |
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
/* Return the section for function DECL.
|
551 |
|
|
|
552 |
|
|
If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
|
553 |
|
|
NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
|
554 |
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
section *
|
556 |
|
|
function_section (tree decl)
|
557 |
|
|
{
|
558 |
|
|
int reloc = 0;
|
559 |
|
|
|
560 |
|
|
if (first_function_block_is_cold)
|
561 |
|
|
reloc = 1;
|
562 |
|
|
|
563 |
|
|
#ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
|
564 |
|
|
if (decl != NULL_TREE
|
565 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE)
|
566 |
|
|
return reloc ? unlikely_text_section ()
|
567 |
|
|
: get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
|
568 |
|
|
else
|
569 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
570 |
|
|
#else
|
571 |
|
|
return reloc ? unlikely_text_section () : hot_function_section (decl);
|
572 |
|
|
#endif
|
573 |
|
|
}
|
574 |
|
|
|
575 |
|
|
section *
|
576 |
|
|
current_function_section (void)
|
577 |
|
|
{
|
578 |
|
|
#ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
|
579 |
|
|
if (current_function_decl != NULL_TREE
|
580 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl) != NULL_TREE)
|
581 |
|
|
return in_cold_section_p ? unlikely_text_section ()
|
582 |
|
|
: get_named_section (current_function_decl,
|
583 |
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
584 |
|
|
else
|
585 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (current_function_decl,
|
586 |
|
|
in_cold_section_p,
|
587 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (current_function_decl));
|
588 |
|
|
#else
|
589 |
|
|
return (in_cold_section_p
|
590 |
|
|
? unlikely_text_section ()
|
591 |
|
|
: hot_function_section (current_function_decl));
|
592 |
|
|
#endif
|
593 |
|
|
}
|
594 |
|
|
|
595 |
|
|
/* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
|
596 |
|
|
|
597 |
|
|
section *
|
598 |
|
|
default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
|
599 |
|
|
{
|
600 |
|
|
if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
|
601 |
|
|
{
|
602 |
|
|
const char *name = TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
|
603 |
|
|
|
604 |
|
|
if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
|
605 |
|
|
{
|
606 |
|
|
size_t len = strlen (name) + 3;
|
607 |
|
|
char* rname = alloca (len);
|
608 |
|
|
|
609 |
|
|
strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
|
610 |
|
|
strcat (rname, name + 5);
|
611 |
|
|
return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
|
612 |
|
|
}
|
613 |
|
|
/* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
|
614 |
|
|
else if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl)
|
615 |
|
|
&& strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
|
616 |
|
|
{
|
617 |
|
|
size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
|
618 |
|
|
char *rname = alloca (len);
|
619 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
memcpy (rname, name, len);
|
621 |
|
|
rname[14] = 'r';
|
622 |
|
|
return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
|
623 |
|
|
}
|
624 |
|
|
/* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
|
625 |
|
|
else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
|
626 |
|
|
&& strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
|
627 |
|
|
{
|
628 |
|
|
size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
|
629 |
|
|
char *rname = alloca (len + 2);
|
630 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
|
632 |
|
|
memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
|
633 |
|
|
return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
|
634 |
|
|
}
|
635 |
|
|
}
|
636 |
|
|
|
637 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
638 |
|
|
}
|
639 |
|
|
|
640 |
|
|
/* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
|
641 |
|
|
for targets where that section should be always the single
|
642 |
|
|
readonly data section. */
|
643 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
|
section *
|
645 |
|
|
default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
646 |
|
|
{
|
647 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
648 |
|
|
}
|
649 |
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
/* Return the section to use for string merging. */
|
651 |
|
|
|
652 |
|
|
static section *
|
653 |
|
|
mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
654 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
655 |
|
|
unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
656 |
|
|
{
|
657 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT len;
|
658 |
|
|
|
659 |
|
|
if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
|
660 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
|
661 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
|
662 |
|
|
&& align <= 256
|
663 |
|
|
&& (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
|
664 |
|
|
&& TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) >= len)
|
665 |
|
|
{
|
666 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
667 |
|
|
unsigned int modesize;
|
668 |
|
|
const char *str;
|
669 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT i;
|
670 |
|
|
int j, unit;
|
671 |
|
|
char name[30];
|
672 |
|
|
|
673 |
|
|
mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
|
674 |
|
|
modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
675 |
|
|
if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
|
676 |
|
|
&& (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
|
677 |
|
|
{
|
678 |
|
|
if (align < modesize)
|
679 |
|
|
align = modesize;
|
680 |
|
|
|
681 |
|
|
str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
|
682 |
|
|
unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
683 |
|
|
|
684 |
|
|
/* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
|
685 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
|
686 |
|
|
{
|
687 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
|
688 |
|
|
if (str[i + j] != '\0')
|
689 |
|
|
break;
|
690 |
|
|
if (j == unit)
|
691 |
|
|
break;
|
692 |
|
|
}
|
693 |
|
|
if (i == len - unit)
|
694 |
|
|
{
|
695 |
|
|
sprintf (name, ".rodata.str%d.%d", modesize / 8,
|
696 |
|
|
(int) (align / 8));
|
697 |
|
|
flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
|
698 |
|
|
return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
|
699 |
|
|
}
|
700 |
|
|
}
|
701 |
|
|
}
|
702 |
|
|
|
703 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
704 |
|
|
}
|
705 |
|
|
|
706 |
|
|
/* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
|
707 |
|
|
|
708 |
|
|
section *
|
709 |
|
|
mergeable_constant_section (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
710 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
711 |
|
|
unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
712 |
|
|
{
|
713 |
|
|
unsigned int modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
714 |
|
|
|
715 |
|
|
if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
|
716 |
|
|
&& mode != VOIDmode
|
717 |
|
|
&& mode != BLKmode
|
718 |
|
|
&& modesize <= align
|
719 |
|
|
&& align >= 8
|
720 |
|
|
&& align <= 256
|
721 |
|
|
&& (align & (align - 1)) == 0)
|
722 |
|
|
{
|
723 |
|
|
char name[24];
|
724 |
|
|
|
725 |
|
|
sprintf (name, ".rodata.cst%d", (int) (align / 8));
|
726 |
|
|
flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
|
727 |
|
|
return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
|
728 |
|
|
}
|
729 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
730 |
|
|
}
|
731 |
|
|
|
732 |
|
|
/* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
|
733 |
|
|
|
734 |
|
|
static const char *
|
735 |
|
|
strip_reg_name (const char *name)
|
736 |
|
|
{
|
737 |
|
|
#ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
|
738 |
|
|
if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
|
739 |
|
|
name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
|
740 |
|
|
#endif
|
741 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
|
742 |
|
|
name++;
|
743 |
|
|
return name;
|
744 |
|
|
}
|
745 |
|
|
|
746 |
|
|
/* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
|
747 |
|
|
change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
|
748 |
|
|
it. */
|
749 |
|
|
void
|
750 |
|
|
set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
|
751 |
|
|
{
|
752 |
|
|
char *starred = alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
|
753 |
|
|
starred[0] = '*';
|
754 |
|
|
strcpy (starred + 1, name);
|
755 |
|
|
change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
|
756 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
|
757 |
|
|
}
|
758 |
|
|
|
759 |
|
|
/* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
|
760 |
|
|
Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
|
761 |
|
|
or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
|
762 |
|
|
or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
|
763 |
|
|
or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
|
764 |
|
|
Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
|
765 |
|
|
Prefixes such as % are optional. */
|
766 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
int
|
768 |
|
|
decode_reg_name (const char *asmspec)
|
769 |
|
|
{
|
770 |
|
|
if (asmspec != 0)
|
771 |
|
|
{
|
772 |
|
|
int i;
|
773 |
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
/* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
|
775 |
|
|
asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
|
776 |
|
|
|
777 |
|
|
/* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
|
778 |
|
|
for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
779 |
|
|
if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
|
780 |
|
|
break;
|
781 |
|
|
if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
|
782 |
|
|
{
|
783 |
|
|
i = atoi (asmspec);
|
784 |
|
|
if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0)
|
785 |
|
|
return i;
|
786 |
|
|
else
|
787 |
|
|
return -2;
|
788 |
|
|
}
|
789 |
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
|
791 |
|
|
if (reg_names[i][0]
|
792 |
|
|
&& ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
|
793 |
|
|
return i;
|
794 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
#ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
|
796 |
|
|
{
|
797 |
|
|
static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
|
798 |
|
|
= ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
|
799 |
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
|
801 |
|
|
if (table[i].name[0]
|
802 |
|
|
&& ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
|
803 |
|
|
return table[i].number;
|
804 |
|
|
}
|
805 |
|
|
#endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
|
806 |
|
|
|
807 |
|
|
if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
|
808 |
|
|
return -4;
|
809 |
|
|
|
810 |
|
|
if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
|
811 |
|
|
return -3;
|
812 |
|
|
|
813 |
|
|
return -2;
|
814 |
|
|
}
|
815 |
|
|
|
816 |
|
|
return -1;
|
817 |
|
|
}
|
818 |
|
|
|
819 |
|
|
/* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
|
820 |
|
|
|
821 |
|
|
static bool
|
822 |
|
|
bss_initializer_p (tree decl)
|
823 |
|
|
{
|
824 |
|
|
return (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
|
825 |
|
|
|| DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
|
826 |
|
|
|| (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
|
827 |
|
|
/* Leave constant zeroes in .rodata so they
|
828 |
|
|
can be shared. */
|
829 |
|
|
&& !TREE_READONLY (decl)
|
830 |
|
|
&& initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))));
|
831 |
|
|
}
|
832 |
|
|
|
833 |
|
|
/* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
|
834 |
|
|
DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
|
835 |
|
|
|
836 |
|
|
void
|
837 |
|
|
align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
|
838 |
|
|
{
|
839 |
|
|
unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
|
840 |
|
|
|
841 |
|
|
/* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
|
842 |
|
|
where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
|
843 |
|
|
figure out the proper alignment now. */
|
844 |
|
|
if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
|
845 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
846 |
|
|
align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
|
847 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
/* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
|
849 |
|
|
In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
|
850 |
|
|
if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
|
851 |
|
|
{
|
852 |
|
|
warning (0, "alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
|
853 |
|
|
"file alignment. Using %d", decl,
|
854 |
|
|
MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
855 |
|
|
align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
|
856 |
|
|
}
|
857 |
|
|
|
858 |
|
|
/* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
|
859 |
|
|
if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
|
860 |
|
|
{
|
861 |
|
|
#ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
|
862 |
|
|
align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
|
863 |
|
|
#endif
|
864 |
|
|
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
865 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
|
866 |
|
|
align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
|
867 |
|
|
#endif
|
868 |
|
|
}
|
869 |
|
|
|
870 |
|
|
/* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
|
871 |
|
|
from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
|
872 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (decl) = align;
|
873 |
|
|
}
|
874 |
|
|
|
875 |
|
|
/* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
|
876 |
|
|
should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
|
877 |
|
|
section should be used wherever possible. */
|
878 |
|
|
|
879 |
|
|
static section *
|
880 |
|
|
get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
|
881 |
|
|
{
|
882 |
|
|
int reloc;
|
883 |
|
|
|
884 |
|
|
/* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, then it
|
885 |
|
|
isn't common, and shouldn't be handled as such. */
|
886 |
|
|
if (DECL_COMMON (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL)
|
887 |
|
|
{
|
888 |
|
|
if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
889 |
|
|
return tls_comm_section;
|
890 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
|
891 |
|
|
return comm_section;
|
892 |
|
|
}
|
893 |
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
|
895 |
|
|
reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
|
896 |
|
|
else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
|
897 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
|
898 |
|
|
else
|
899 |
|
|
reloc = 0;
|
900 |
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
|
902 |
|
|
if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
|
903 |
|
|
return get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
|
904 |
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
if (!DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
|
906 |
|
|
&& !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
|
907 |
|
|
&& bss_initializer_p (decl))
|
908 |
|
|
{
|
909 |
|
|
if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
910 |
|
|
return lcomm_section;
|
911 |
|
|
if (bss_noswitch_section)
|
912 |
|
|
return bss_noswitch_section;
|
913 |
|
|
}
|
914 |
|
|
|
915 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
916 |
|
|
}
|
917 |
|
|
|
918 |
|
|
/* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
|
919 |
|
|
|
920 |
|
|
static struct object_block *
|
921 |
|
|
get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
|
922 |
|
|
{
|
923 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
924 |
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
926 |
|
|
{
|
927 |
|
|
/* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
|
928 |
|
|
if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
|
929 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
930 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
/* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
|
932 |
|
|
isolated by definition. */
|
933 |
|
|
if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
934 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
935 |
|
|
}
|
936 |
|
|
|
937 |
|
|
/* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
|
938 |
|
|
constant size. */
|
939 |
|
|
if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
|
940 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
941 |
|
|
if (!host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1))
|
942 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
943 |
|
|
|
944 |
|
|
/* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
|
945 |
|
|
an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
|
946 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
947 |
|
|
align_variable (decl, 0);
|
948 |
|
|
sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
|
949 |
|
|
if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
|
950 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
951 |
|
|
|
952 |
|
|
return get_block_for_section (sect);
|
953 |
|
|
}
|
954 |
|
|
|
955 |
|
|
/* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
|
956 |
|
|
|
957 |
|
|
static void
|
958 |
|
|
change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
|
959 |
|
|
{
|
960 |
|
|
if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
|
961 |
|
|
{
|
962 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
|
963 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
|
964 |
|
|
}
|
965 |
|
|
}
|
966 |
|
|
|
967 |
|
|
/* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
|
968 |
|
|
|
969 |
|
|
static bool
|
970 |
|
|
use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
|
971 |
|
|
{
|
972 |
|
|
/* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
|
973 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
|
974 |
|
|
return false;
|
975 |
|
|
|
976 |
|
|
/* Detect decls created by dw2_force_const_mem. Such decls are
|
977 |
|
|
special because DECL_INITIAL doesn't specify the decl's true value.
|
978 |
|
|
dw2_output_indirect_constants will instead call assemble_variable
|
979 |
|
|
with dont_output_data set to 1 and then print the contents itself. */
|
980 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
|
981 |
|
|
return false;
|
982 |
|
|
|
983 |
|
|
/* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a definition. */
|
984 |
|
|
if (lookup_attribute ("alias", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
|
985 |
|
|
return false;
|
986 |
|
|
|
987 |
|
|
return true;
|
988 |
|
|
}
|
989 |
|
|
|
990 |
|
|
/* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
|
991 |
|
|
have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
|
992 |
|
|
automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
|
993 |
|
|
|
994 |
|
|
There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
|
995 |
|
|
explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
|
996 |
|
|
|
997 |
|
|
This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
|
998 |
|
|
|
999 |
|
|
void
|
1000 |
|
|
make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
|
1001 |
|
|
{
|
1002 |
|
|
const char *name = 0;
|
1003 |
|
|
int reg_number;
|
1004 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
1005 |
|
|
|
1006 |
|
|
/* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
|
1007 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
|
1008 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
|
1009 |
|
|
|
1010 |
|
|
/* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
|
1011 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
|
1012 |
|
|
|| TREE_STATIC (decl)
|
1013 |
|
|
|| TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
|
1014 |
|
|
|| DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
|
1015 |
|
|
|| DECL_REGISTER (decl));
|
1016 |
|
|
|
1017 |
|
|
/* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
|
1018 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
|
1019 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
|
1020 |
|
|
|
1021 |
|
|
/* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
|
1022 |
|
|
same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
|
1023 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
|
1024 |
|
|
{
|
1025 |
|
|
/* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
|
1026 |
|
|
x = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
1027 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
|
1028 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
|
1029 |
|
|
|
1030 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
|
1031 |
|
|
return;
|
1032 |
|
|
|
1033 |
|
|
/* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
|
1034 |
|
|
table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
|
1035 |
|
|
to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
|
1036 |
|
|
hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
|
1037 |
|
|
|
1038 |
|
|
/* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
|
1039 |
|
|
This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
|
1040 |
|
|
decl attribute overrides another. */
|
1041 |
|
|
targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
|
1042 |
|
|
|
1043 |
|
|
/* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
|
1044 |
|
|
on the new decl information. */
|
1045 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (x)
|
1046 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
1047 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
|
1048 |
|
|
change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
|
1049 |
|
|
|
1050 |
|
|
/* Make this function static known to the mudflap runtime. */
|
1051 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
1052 |
|
|
mudflap_enqueue_decl (decl);
|
1053 |
|
|
|
1054 |
|
|
return;
|
1055 |
|
|
}
|
1056 |
|
|
|
1057 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
1058 |
|
|
|
1059 |
|
|
if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
|
1060 |
|
|
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl))
|
1061 |
|
|
{
|
1062 |
|
|
error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
|
1063 |
|
|
}
|
1064 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
|
1065 |
|
|
{
|
1066 |
|
|
const char *asmspec = name+1;
|
1067 |
|
|
reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
|
1068 |
|
|
/* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
|
1069 |
|
|
if (reg_number == -1)
|
1070 |
|
|
error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
|
1071 |
|
|
else if (reg_number < 0)
|
1072 |
|
|
error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
|
1073 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BLKmode)
|
1074 |
|
|
error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
|
1075 |
|
|
decl);
|
1076 |
|
|
else if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (reg_number, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))))
|
1077 |
|
|
error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
|
1078 |
|
|
decl);
|
1079 |
|
|
/* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
|
1080 |
|
|
else
|
1081 |
|
|
{
|
1082 |
|
|
int nregs;
|
1083 |
|
|
|
1084 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
|
1085 |
|
|
{
|
1086 |
|
|
DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
|
1087 |
|
|
error ("global register variable has initial value");
|
1088 |
|
|
}
|
1089 |
|
|
if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
|
1090 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
|
1091 |
|
|
"optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
|
1092 |
|
|
"writes to register variables");
|
1093 |
|
|
|
1094 |
|
|
/* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
|
1095 |
|
|
e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
|
1096 |
|
|
confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
|
1097 |
|
|
somewhat suspect... */
|
1098 |
|
|
|
1099 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_rtx_raw_REG (DECL_MODE (decl), reg_number));
|
1100 |
|
|
ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
|
1101 |
|
|
REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
|
1102 |
|
|
|
1103 |
|
|
if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
|
1104 |
|
|
{
|
1105 |
|
|
/* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
|
1106 |
|
|
else. */
|
1107 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
|
1108 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
|
1109 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
|
1110 |
|
|
#endif
|
1111 |
|
|
nregs = hard_regno_nregs[reg_number][DECL_MODE (decl)];
|
1112 |
|
|
while (nregs > 0)
|
1113 |
|
|
globalize_reg (reg_number + --nregs);
|
1114 |
|
|
}
|
1115 |
|
|
|
1116 |
|
|
/* As a register variable, it has no section. */
|
1117 |
|
|
return;
|
1118 |
|
|
}
|
1119 |
|
|
}
|
1120 |
|
|
/* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
|
1121 |
|
|
Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
|
1122 |
|
|
else if (name[0] == '*')
|
1123 |
|
|
{
|
1124 |
|
|
#ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
|
1125 |
|
|
if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
|
1126 |
|
|
{
|
1127 |
|
|
reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
|
1128 |
|
|
if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
|
1129 |
|
|
error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
|
1130 |
|
|
}
|
1131 |
|
|
#endif
|
1132 |
|
|
}
|
1133 |
|
|
|
1134 |
|
|
/* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
|
1135 |
|
|
non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
|
1136 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
1137 |
|
|
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
|
1138 |
|
|
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
|
1139 |
|
|
&& DECL_COMMON (decl))
|
1140 |
|
|
DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
|
1141 |
|
|
|
1142 |
|
|
/* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
|
1143 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_WEAK (decl))
|
1144 |
|
|
DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
|
1145 |
|
|
|
1146 |
|
|
if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
|
1147 |
|
|
x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
|
1148 |
|
|
else
|
1149 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
|
1150 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
|
1151 |
|
|
SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
|
1152 |
|
|
|
1153 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
|
1154 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
|
1155 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
|
1156 |
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
|
1157 |
|
|
|
1158 |
|
|
/* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
|
1159 |
|
|
such as that it is a function name.
|
1160 |
|
|
If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
|
1161 |
|
|
will have to know how to strip this information. */
|
1162 |
|
|
targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
|
1163 |
|
|
|
1164 |
|
|
/* Make this function static known to the mudflap runtime. */
|
1165 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
1166 |
|
|
mudflap_enqueue_decl (decl);
|
1167 |
|
|
}
|
1168 |
|
|
|
1169 |
|
|
/* Output a string of literal assembler code
|
1170 |
|
|
for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
|
1171 |
|
|
|
1172 |
|
|
void
|
1173 |
|
|
assemble_asm (tree string)
|
1174 |
|
|
{
|
1175 |
|
|
app_enable ();
|
1176 |
|
|
|
1177 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
|
1178 |
|
|
string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
|
1179 |
|
|
|
1180 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\n", TREE_STRING_POINTER (string));
|
1181 |
|
|
}
|
1182 |
|
|
|
1183 |
|
|
/* Record an element in the table of global destructors. SYMBOL is
|
1184 |
|
|
a SYMBOL_REF of the function to be called; PRIORITY is a number
|
1185 |
|
|
between 0 and MAX_INIT_PRIORITY. */
|
1186 |
|
|
|
1187 |
|
|
void
|
1188 |
|
|
default_stabs_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1189 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1190 |
|
|
{
|
1191 |
|
|
#if defined DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO || defined XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
1192 |
|
|
/* Tell GNU LD that this is part of the static destructor set.
|
1193 |
|
|
This will work for any system that uses stabs, most usefully
|
1194 |
|
|
aout systems. */
|
1195 |
|
|
dbxout_begin_simple_stabs ("___DTOR_LIST__", 22 /* N_SETT */);
|
1196 |
|
|
dbxout_stab_value_label (XSTR (symbol, 0));
|
1197 |
|
|
#else
|
1198 |
|
|
sorry ("global destructors not supported on this target");
|
1199 |
|
|
#endif
|
1200 |
|
|
}
|
1201 |
|
|
|
1202 |
|
|
void
|
1203 |
|
|
default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
|
1204 |
|
|
{
|
1205 |
|
|
const char *section = ".dtors";
|
1206 |
|
|
char buf[16];
|
1207 |
|
|
|
1208 |
|
|
/* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
|
1209 |
|
|
if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
|
1210 |
|
|
{
|
1211 |
|
|
sprintf (buf, ".dtors.%.5u",
|
1212 |
|
|
/* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
|
1213 |
|
|
order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
|
1214 |
|
|
linker sorts in increasing order. */
|
1215 |
|
|
MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
|
1216 |
|
|
section = buf;
|
1217 |
|
|
}
|
1218 |
|
|
|
1219 |
|
|
switch_to_section (get_section (section, SECTION_WRITE, NULL));
|
1220 |
|
|
assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
|
1221 |
|
|
assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
|
1222 |
|
|
}
|
1223 |
|
|
|
1224 |
|
|
#ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
1225 |
|
|
void
|
1226 |
|
|
default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
|
1227 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1228 |
|
|
{
|
1229 |
|
|
switch_to_section (dtors_section);
|
1230 |
|
|
assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
|
1231 |
|
|
assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
|
1232 |
|
|
}
|
1233 |
|
|
#endif
|
1234 |
|
|
|
1235 |
|
|
/* Likewise for global constructors. */
|
1236 |
|
|
|
1237 |
|
|
void
|
1238 |
|
|
default_stabs_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1239 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1240 |
|
|
{
|
1241 |
|
|
#if defined DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO || defined XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
1242 |
|
|
/* Tell GNU LD that this is part of the static destructor set.
|
1243 |
|
|
This will work for any system that uses stabs, most usefully
|
1244 |
|
|
aout systems. */
|
1245 |
|
|
dbxout_begin_simple_stabs ("___CTOR_LIST__", 22 /* N_SETT */);
|
1246 |
|
|
dbxout_stab_value_label (XSTR (symbol, 0));
|
1247 |
|
|
#else
|
1248 |
|
|
sorry ("global constructors not supported on this target");
|
1249 |
|
|
#endif
|
1250 |
|
|
}
|
1251 |
|
|
|
1252 |
|
|
void
|
1253 |
|
|
default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
|
1254 |
|
|
{
|
1255 |
|
|
const char *section = ".ctors";
|
1256 |
|
|
char buf[16];
|
1257 |
|
|
|
1258 |
|
|
/* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
|
1259 |
|
|
if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
|
1260 |
|
|
{
|
1261 |
|
|
sprintf (buf, ".ctors.%.5u",
|
1262 |
|
|
/* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
|
1263 |
|
|
order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
|
1264 |
|
|
linker sorts in increasing order. */
|
1265 |
|
|
MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
|
1266 |
|
|
section = buf;
|
1267 |
|
|
}
|
1268 |
|
|
|
1269 |
|
|
switch_to_section (get_section (section, SECTION_WRITE, NULL));
|
1270 |
|
|
assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
|
1271 |
|
|
assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
|
1272 |
|
|
}
|
1273 |
|
|
|
1274 |
|
|
#ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
1275 |
|
|
void
|
1276 |
|
|
default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
|
1277 |
|
|
int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1278 |
|
|
{
|
1279 |
|
|
switch_to_section (ctors_section);
|
1280 |
|
|
assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
|
1281 |
|
|
assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
|
1282 |
|
|
}
|
1283 |
|
|
#endif
|
1284 |
|
|
|
1285 |
|
|
/* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
|
1286 |
|
|
a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
|
1287 |
|
|
start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
|
1288 |
|
|
after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
|
1289 |
|
|
start. */
|
1290 |
|
|
|
1291 |
|
|
#ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
|
1292 |
|
|
#define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
|
1293 |
|
|
#endif
|
1294 |
|
|
|
1295 |
|
|
/* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
|
1296 |
|
|
to be output to assembler.
|
1297 |
|
|
Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
|
1298 |
|
|
|
1299 |
|
|
void
|
1300 |
|
|
notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
|
1301 |
|
|
{
|
1302 |
|
|
const char **type = &first_global_object_name;
|
1303 |
|
|
|
1304 |
|
|
if (first_global_object_name
|
1305 |
|
|
|| !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
|
1306 |
|
|
|| DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
|
1307 |
|
|
|| !DECL_NAME (decl)
|
1308 |
|
|
|| (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
|
1309 |
|
|
&& (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
|
1310 |
|
|
|| (DECL_COMMON (decl)
|
1311 |
|
|
&& (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
|
1312 |
|
|
|| DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node))))
|
1313 |
|
|
|| !MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
|
1314 |
|
|
return;
|
1315 |
|
|
|
1316 |
|
|
/* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
|
1317 |
|
|
symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
|
1318 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
1319 |
|
|
type = &weak_global_object_name;
|
1320 |
|
|
|
1321 |
|
|
if (!*type)
|
1322 |
|
|
{
|
1323 |
|
|
const char *p;
|
1324 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
1325 |
|
|
rtx decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
1326 |
|
|
|
1327 |
|
|
p = targetm.strip_name_encoding (XSTR (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0), 0));
|
1328 |
|
|
name = ggc_strdup (p);
|
1329 |
|
|
|
1330 |
|
|
*type = name;
|
1331 |
|
|
}
|
1332 |
|
|
}
|
1333 |
|
|
|
1334 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
|
1335 |
|
|
with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
|
1336 |
|
|
NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
|
1337 |
|
|
constant pool data. */
|
1338 |
|
|
|
1339 |
|
|
void
|
1340 |
|
|
assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
|
1341 |
|
|
{
|
1342 |
|
|
int align;
|
1343 |
|
|
char tmp_label[100];
|
1344 |
|
|
bool hot_label_written = false;
|
1345 |
|
|
|
1346 |
|
|
cfun->unlikely_text_section_name = NULL;
|
1347 |
|
|
|
1348 |
|
|
first_function_block_is_cold = false;
|
1349 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
1350 |
|
|
{
|
1351 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
|
1352 |
|
|
cfun->hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
1353 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
|
1354 |
|
|
cfun->cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
1355 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
|
1356 |
|
|
cfun->hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
1357 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
|
1358 |
|
|
cfun->cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
|
1359 |
|
|
const_labelno++;
|
1360 |
|
|
}
|
1361 |
|
|
else
|
1362 |
|
|
{
|
1363 |
|
|
cfun->hot_section_label = NULL;
|
1364 |
|
|
cfun->cold_section_label = NULL;
|
1365 |
|
|
cfun->hot_section_end_label = NULL;
|
1366 |
|
|
cfun->cold_section_end_label = NULL;
|
1367 |
|
|
}
|
1368 |
|
|
|
1369 |
|
|
/* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
|
1370 |
|
|
|
1371 |
|
|
app_disable ();
|
1372 |
|
|
|
1373 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
|
1374 |
|
|
output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
|
1375 |
|
|
|
1376 |
|
|
resolve_unique_section (decl, 0, flag_function_sections);
|
1377 |
|
|
|
1378 |
|
|
/* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
|
1379 |
|
|
aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
|
1380 |
|
|
has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
|
1381 |
|
|
the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
|
1382 |
|
|
|
1383 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
1384 |
|
|
{
|
1385 |
|
|
switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
|
1386 |
|
|
assemble_align (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY);
|
1387 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cfun->cold_section_label);
|
1388 |
|
|
|
1389 |
|
|
/* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
|
1390 |
|
|
align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
|
1391 |
|
|
But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
|
1392 |
|
|
if (!current_function_is_thunk
|
1393 |
|
|
&& BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
|
1394 |
|
|
{
|
1395 |
|
|
switch_to_section (text_section);
|
1396 |
|
|
assemble_align (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY);
|
1397 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cfun->hot_section_label);
|
1398 |
|
|
hot_label_written = true;
|
1399 |
|
|
first_function_block_is_cold = true;
|
1400 |
|
|
}
|
1401 |
|
|
}
|
1402 |
|
|
else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
|
1403 |
|
|
{
|
1404 |
|
|
/* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
|
1405 |
|
|
being accurate. The first block may be cold even if we aren't
|
1406 |
|
|
doing partitioning, if the entire function was decided by
|
1407 |
|
|
choose_function_section (predict.c) to be cold. */
|
1408 |
|
|
|
1409 |
|
|
initialize_cold_section_name ();
|
1410 |
|
|
|
1411 |
|
|
if (cfun->unlikely_text_section_name
|
1412 |
|
|
&& strcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl)),
|
1413 |
|
|
cfun->unlikely_text_section_name) == 0)
|
1414 |
|
|
first_function_block_is_cold = true;
|
1415 |
|
|
}
|
1416 |
|
|
|
1417 |
|
|
in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
|
1418 |
|
|
|
1419 |
|
|
/* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
|
1420 |
|
|
|
1421 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
|
1422 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
|
1423 |
|
|
&& !hot_label_written)
|
1424 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cfun->hot_section_label);
|
1425 |
|
|
|
1426 |
|
|
/* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
|
1427 |
|
|
align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
1428 |
|
|
if (align < force_align_functions_log)
|
1429 |
|
|
align = force_align_functions_log;
|
1430 |
|
|
if (align > 0)
|
1431 |
|
|
{
|
1432 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
|
1433 |
|
|
}
|
1434 |
|
|
|
1435 |
|
|
/* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
|
1436 |
|
|
Note that we still need to align to FUNCTION_BOUNDARY, as above,
|
1437 |
|
|
because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
|
1438 |
|
|
if (align_functions_log > align
|
1439 |
|
|
&& cfun->function_frequency != FUNCTION_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
|
1440 |
|
|
{
|
1441 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
|
1442 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
|
1443 |
|
|
align_functions_log, align_functions - 1);
|
1444 |
|
|
#else
|
1445 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions_log);
|
1446 |
|
|
#endif
|
1447 |
|
|
}
|
1448 |
|
|
|
1449 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
|
1450 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
|
1451 |
|
|
#endif
|
1452 |
|
|
|
1453 |
|
|
(*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
|
1454 |
|
|
|
1455 |
|
|
/* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
|
1456 |
|
|
|
1457 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
1458 |
|
|
{
|
1459 |
|
|
notice_global_symbol (decl);
|
1460 |
|
|
|
1461 |
|
|
globalize_decl (decl);
|
1462 |
|
|
|
1463 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
|
1464 |
|
|
}
|
1465 |
|
|
|
1466 |
|
|
if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
|
1467 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
|
1468 |
|
|
|
1469 |
|
|
/* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
|
1470 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
|
1471 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
|
1472 |
|
|
#else
|
1473 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
|
1474 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname);
|
1475 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
|
1476 |
|
|
}
|
1477 |
|
|
|
1478 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
|
1479 |
|
|
function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
|
1480 |
|
|
|
1481 |
|
|
void
|
1482 |
|
|
assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1483 |
|
|
{
|
1484 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
|
1485 |
|
|
/* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
|
1486 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
1487 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
|
1488 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
|
1489 |
|
|
#endif
|
1490 |
|
|
if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
|
1491 |
|
|
{
|
1492 |
|
|
output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
|
1493 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
|
1494 |
|
|
}
|
1495 |
|
|
/* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
|
1496 |
|
|
debug info.) */
|
1497 |
|
|
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
|
1498 |
|
|
{
|
1499 |
|
|
section *save_text_section;
|
1500 |
|
|
|
1501 |
|
|
save_text_section = in_section;
|
1502 |
|
|
switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
|
1503 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cfun->cold_section_end_label);
|
1504 |
|
|
if (first_function_block_is_cold)
|
1505 |
|
|
switch_to_section (text_section);
|
1506 |
|
|
else
|
1507 |
|
|
switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
|
1508 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cfun->hot_section_end_label);
|
1509 |
|
|
switch_to_section (save_text_section);
|
1510 |
|
|
}
|
1511 |
|
|
}
|
1512 |
|
|
|
1513 |
|
|
/* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
|
1514 |
|
|
|
1515 |
|
|
void
|
1516 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
|
1517 |
|
|
{
|
1518 |
|
|
/* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
|
1519 |
|
|
if (flag_syntax_only)
|
1520 |
|
|
return;
|
1521 |
|
|
|
1522 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
|
1523 |
|
|
/* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
|
1524 |
|
|
so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
|
1525 |
|
|
if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
|
1526 |
|
|
{
|
1527 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
|
1528 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
|
1529 |
|
|
assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
1530 |
|
|
}
|
1531 |
|
|
else
|
1532 |
|
|
#endif
|
1533 |
|
|
if (size > 0)
|
1534 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
|
1535 |
|
|
}
|
1536 |
|
|
|
1537 |
|
|
/* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
|
1538 |
|
|
|
1539 |
|
|
void
|
1540 |
|
|
assemble_align (int align)
|
1541 |
|
|
{
|
1542 |
|
|
if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
1543 |
|
|
{
|
1544 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
1545 |
|
|
}
|
1546 |
|
|
}
|
1547 |
|
|
|
1548 |
|
|
/* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
|
1549 |
|
|
|
1550 |
|
|
void
|
1551 |
|
|
assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
|
1552 |
|
|
{
|
1553 |
|
|
int pos = 0;
|
1554 |
|
|
int maximum = 2000;
|
1555 |
|
|
|
1556 |
|
|
/* If the string is very long, split it up. */
|
1557 |
|
|
|
1558 |
|
|
while (pos < size)
|
1559 |
|
|
{
|
1560 |
|
|
int thissize = size - pos;
|
1561 |
|
|
if (thissize > maximum)
|
1562 |
|
|
thissize = maximum;
|
1563 |
|
|
|
1564 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
|
1565 |
|
|
|
1566 |
|
|
pos += thissize;
|
1567 |
|
|
p += thissize;
|
1568 |
|
|
}
|
1569 |
|
|
}
|
1570 |
|
|
|
1571 |
|
|
|
1572 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
|
1573 |
|
|
|
1574 |
|
|
static bool
|
1575 |
|
|
emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1576 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1577 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1578 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1579 |
|
|
{
|
1580 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
|
1581 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
|
1582 |
|
|
size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
1583 |
|
|
return true;
|
1584 |
|
|
#elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
|
1585 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
1586 |
|
|
return true;
|
1587 |
|
|
#else
|
1588 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
|
1589 |
|
|
return false;
|
1590 |
|
|
#endif
|
1591 |
|
|
}
|
1592 |
|
|
|
1593 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
|
1594 |
|
|
|
1595 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS || defined ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
1596 |
|
|
static bool
|
1597 |
|
|
emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1598 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1599 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1600 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1601 |
|
|
{
|
1602 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
|
1603 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
1604 |
|
|
return true;
|
1605 |
|
|
#else
|
1606 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size, rounded);
|
1607 |
|
|
return false;
|
1608 |
|
|
#endif
|
1609 |
|
|
}
|
1610 |
|
|
#endif
|
1611 |
|
|
|
1612 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
|
1613 |
|
|
|
1614 |
|
|
static bool
|
1615 |
|
|
emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1616 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1617 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1618 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1619 |
|
|
{
|
1620 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
|
1621 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
|
1622 |
|
|
size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
1623 |
|
|
return true;
|
1624 |
|
|
#elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
|
1625 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
1626 |
|
|
return true;
|
1627 |
|
|
#else
|
1628 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
|
1629 |
|
|
return false;
|
1630 |
|
|
#endif
|
1631 |
|
|
}
|
1632 |
|
|
|
1633 |
|
|
/* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
|
1634 |
|
|
|
1635 |
|
|
static bool
|
1636 |
|
|
emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1637 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1638 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1639 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1640 |
|
|
{
|
1641 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
|
1642 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
|
1643 |
|
|
return true;
|
1644 |
|
|
#else
|
1645 |
|
|
sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
|
1646 |
|
|
return true;
|
1647 |
|
|
#endif
|
1648 |
|
|
}
|
1649 |
|
|
|
1650 |
|
|
/* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
|
1651 |
|
|
NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
|
1652 |
|
|
|
1653 |
|
|
static void
|
1654 |
|
|
assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect)
|
1655 |
|
|
{
|
1656 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
|
1657 |
|
|
|
1658 |
|
|
size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1);
|
1659 |
|
|
rounded = size;
|
1660 |
|
|
|
1661 |
|
|
/* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
|
1662 |
|
|
since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
|
1663 |
|
|
if (size == 0)
|
1664 |
|
|
rounded = 1;
|
1665 |
|
|
|
1666 |
|
|
/* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
|
1667 |
|
|
so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
|
1668 |
|
|
rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
|
1669 |
|
|
rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
1670 |
|
|
* (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
1671 |
|
|
|
1672 |
|
|
if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
|
1673 |
|
|
&& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (decl) > rounded)
|
1674 |
|
|
warning (0, "requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
|
1675 |
|
|
"implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
|
1676 |
|
|
}
|
1677 |
|
|
|
1678 |
|
|
/* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
|
1679 |
|
|
DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
|
1680 |
|
|
is as for assemble_variable. */
|
1681 |
|
|
|
1682 |
|
|
static void
|
1683 |
|
|
assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
|
1684 |
|
|
bool dont_output_data)
|
1685 |
|
|
{
|
1686 |
|
|
/* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
|
1687 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
1688 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
|
1689 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
|
1690 |
|
|
#else
|
1691 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
|
1692 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
1693 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
|
1694 |
|
|
|
1695 |
|
|
if (!dont_output_data)
|
1696 |
|
|
{
|
1697 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
|
1698 |
|
|
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
|
1699 |
|
|
&& !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
|
1700 |
|
|
/* Output the actual data. */
|
1701 |
|
|
output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
|
1702 |
|
|
tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1),
|
1703 |
|
|
DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
1704 |
|
|
else
|
1705 |
|
|
/* Leave space for it. */
|
1706 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1));
|
1707 |
|
|
}
|
1708 |
|
|
}
|
1709 |
|
|
|
1710 |
|
|
/* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
|
1711 |
|
|
Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
|
1712 |
|
|
Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
|
1713 |
|
|
|
1714 |
|
|
TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
|
1715 |
|
|
AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
|
1716 |
|
|
to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
|
1717 |
|
|
DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
|
1718 |
|
|
initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
|
1719 |
|
|
|
1720 |
|
|
void
|
1721 |
|
|
assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
1722 |
|
|
int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
|
1723 |
|
|
{
|
1724 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
1725 |
|
|
rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
|
1726 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
1727 |
|
|
|
1728 |
|
|
if (lang_hooks.decls.prepare_assemble_variable)
|
1729 |
|
|
lang_hooks.decls.prepare_assemble_variable (decl);
|
1730 |
|
|
|
1731 |
|
|
last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
|
1732 |
|
|
|
1733 |
|
|
/* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
|
1734 |
|
|
since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
|
1735 |
|
|
when a declaration is first seen. */
|
1736 |
|
|
|
1737 |
|
|
if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
|
1738 |
|
|
return;
|
1739 |
|
|
|
1740 |
|
|
/* Output no assembler code for a function declaration.
|
1741 |
|
|
Only definitions of functions output anything. */
|
1742 |
|
|
|
1743 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
1744 |
|
|
return;
|
1745 |
|
|
|
1746 |
|
|
/* Do nothing for global register variables. */
|
1747 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
|
1748 |
|
|
{
|
1749 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
1750 |
|
|
return;
|
1751 |
|
|
}
|
1752 |
|
|
|
1753 |
|
|
/* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
|
1754 |
|
|
see if it is complete now. */
|
1755 |
|
|
|
1756 |
|
|
if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
|
1757 |
|
|
layout_decl (decl, 0);
|
1758 |
|
|
|
1759 |
|
|
/* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
|
1760 |
|
|
(which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
|
1761 |
|
|
|
1762 |
|
|
if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
|
1763 |
|
|
{
|
1764 |
|
|
error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
|
1765 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
1766 |
|
|
return;
|
1767 |
|
|
}
|
1768 |
|
|
|
1769 |
|
|
/* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
|
1770 |
|
|
decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
|
1771 |
|
|
or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
|
1772 |
|
|
if this function has already run. */
|
1773 |
|
|
|
1774 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
|
1775 |
|
|
return;
|
1776 |
|
|
|
1777 |
|
|
/* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
|
1778 |
|
|
ASM_WRITTEN. */
|
1779 |
|
|
decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
1780 |
|
|
|
1781 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
1782 |
|
|
|
1783 |
|
|
/* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
|
1784 |
|
|
if (flag_syntax_only)
|
1785 |
|
|
return;
|
1786 |
|
|
|
1787 |
|
|
app_disable ();
|
1788 |
|
|
|
1789 |
|
|
if (! dont_output_data
|
1790 |
|
|
&& ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1))
|
1791 |
|
|
{
|
1792 |
|
|
error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
|
1793 |
|
|
return;
|
1794 |
|
|
}
|
1795 |
|
|
|
1796 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
|
1797 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
|
1798 |
|
|
symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
|
1799 |
|
|
name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
|
1800 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
|
1801 |
|
|
notice_global_symbol (decl);
|
1802 |
|
|
|
1803 |
|
|
/* Compute the alignment of this data. */
|
1804 |
|
|
|
1805 |
|
|
align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
|
1806 |
|
|
set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
|
1807 |
|
|
|
1808 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
1809 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
|
1810 |
|
|
|
1811 |
|
|
if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
|
1812 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
|
1813 |
|
|
|
1814 |
|
|
/* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
|
1815 |
|
|
sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
|
1816 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
|
1817 |
|
|
&& DECL_NAME (decl)
|
1818 |
|
|
&& (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
|
1819 |
|
|
globalize_decl (decl);
|
1820 |
|
|
|
1821 |
|
|
/* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
|
1822 |
|
|
if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
|
1823 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
|
1824 |
|
|
|
1825 |
|
|
/* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
|
1826 |
|
|
if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
|
1827 |
|
|
DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
|
1828 |
|
|
|
1829 |
|
|
/* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
|
1830 |
|
|
has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
|
1831 |
|
|
definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
|
1832 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
|
1833 |
|
|
{
|
1834 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
|
1835 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (symbol);
|
1836 |
|
|
}
|
1837 |
|
|
else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
|
1838 |
|
|
assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect);
|
1839 |
|
|
else
|
1840 |
|
|
{
|
1841 |
|
|
switch_to_section (sect);
|
1842 |
|
|
if (DECL_ALIGN (decl) > BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
1843 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (decl)));
|
1844 |
|
|
assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data);
|
1845 |
|
|
}
|
1846 |
|
|
}
|
1847 |
|
|
|
1848 |
|
|
/* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
|
1849 |
|
|
|
1850 |
|
|
static int
|
1851 |
|
|
contains_pointers_p (tree type)
|
1852 |
|
|
{
|
1853 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
|
1854 |
|
|
{
|
1855 |
|
|
case POINTER_TYPE:
|
1856 |
|
|
case REFERENCE_TYPE:
|
1857 |
|
|
/* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
|
1858 |
|
|
so I'll play safe and return 1. */
|
1859 |
|
|
case OFFSET_TYPE:
|
1860 |
|
|
return 1;
|
1861 |
|
|
|
1862 |
|
|
case RECORD_TYPE:
|
1863 |
|
|
case UNION_TYPE:
|
1864 |
|
|
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
|
1865 |
|
|
{
|
1866 |
|
|
tree fields;
|
1867 |
|
|
/* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
|
1868 |
|
|
for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = TREE_CHAIN (fields))
|
1869 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
|
1870 |
|
|
&& contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
|
1871 |
|
|
return 1;
|
1872 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1873 |
|
|
}
|
1874 |
|
|
|
1875 |
|
|
case ARRAY_TYPE:
|
1876 |
|
|
/* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
|
1877 |
|
|
return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
|
1878 |
|
|
|
1879 |
|
|
default:
|
1880 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1881 |
|
|
}
|
1882 |
|
|
}
|
1883 |
|
|
|
1884 |
|
|
/* In unit-at-a-time mode, we delay assemble_external processing until
|
1885 |
|
|
the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
|
1886 |
|
|
right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
|
1887 |
|
|
it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
|
1888 |
|
|
static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
|
1889 |
|
|
|
1890 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
1891 |
|
|
/* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
|
1892 |
|
|
It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
|
1893 |
|
|
|
1894 |
|
|
static bool
|
1895 |
|
|
incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
|
1896 |
|
|
{
|
1897 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
|
1898 |
|
|
{
|
1899 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
1900 |
|
|
|
1901 |
|
|
if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
|
1902 |
|
|
&& DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA)
|
1903 |
|
|
return true;
|
1904 |
|
|
|
1905 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
1906 |
|
|
if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", strlen ("__builtin_")) == 0)
|
1907 |
|
|
return true;
|
1908 |
|
|
}
|
1909 |
|
|
return false;
|
1910 |
|
|
}
|
1911 |
|
|
|
1912 |
|
|
/* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
|
1913 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
|
1914 |
|
|
static void
|
1915 |
|
|
assemble_external_real (tree decl)
|
1916 |
|
|
{
|
1917 |
|
|
rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
1918 |
|
|
|
1919 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
1920 |
|
|
&& !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
|
1921 |
|
|
&& !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
|
1922 |
|
|
{
|
1923 |
|
|
/* Some systems do require some output. */
|
1924 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
|
1925 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
|
1926 |
|
|
}
|
1927 |
|
|
}
|
1928 |
|
|
#endif
|
1929 |
|
|
|
1930 |
|
|
void
|
1931 |
|
|
process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
|
1932 |
|
|
{
|
1933 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
1934 |
|
|
tree list;
|
1935 |
|
|
for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
|
1936 |
|
|
assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
|
1937 |
|
|
|
1938 |
|
|
pending_assemble_externals = 0;
|
1939 |
|
|
#endif
|
1940 |
|
|
}
|
1941 |
|
|
|
1942 |
|
|
/* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler.
|
1943 |
|
|
(Most assemblers don't need this, so we normally output nothing.)
|
1944 |
|
|
Do nothing if DECL is not external. */
|
1945 |
|
|
|
1946 |
|
|
void
|
1947 |
|
|
assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1948 |
|
|
{
|
1949 |
|
|
/* Because most platforms do not define ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL, the
|
1950 |
|
|
main body of this code is only rarely exercised. To provide some
|
1951 |
|
|
testing, on all platforms, we make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is
|
1952 |
|
|
open. If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
|
1953 |
|
|
gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
|
1954 |
|
|
|
1955 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
1956 |
|
|
if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
1957 |
|
|
return;
|
1958 |
|
|
|
1959 |
|
|
if (flag_unit_at_a_time)
|
1960 |
|
|
pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (0, decl,
|
1961 |
|
|
pending_assemble_externals);
|
1962 |
|
|
else
|
1963 |
|
|
assemble_external_real (decl);
|
1964 |
|
|
#endif
|
1965 |
|
|
}
|
1966 |
|
|
|
1967 |
|
|
/* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
|
1968 |
|
|
|
1969 |
|
|
void
|
1970 |
|
|
assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
|
1971 |
|
|
{
|
1972 |
|
|
/* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
|
1973 |
|
|
if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
|
1974 |
|
|
{
|
1975 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
|
1976 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
|
1977 |
|
|
}
|
1978 |
|
|
}
|
1979 |
|
|
|
1980 |
|
|
/* Assemble a label named NAME. */
|
1981 |
|
|
|
1982 |
|
|
void
|
1983 |
|
|
assemble_label (const char *name)
|
1984 |
|
|
{
|
1985 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
1986 |
|
|
}
|
1987 |
|
|
|
1988 |
|
|
/* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
|
1989 |
|
|
void
|
1990 |
|
|
mark_referenced (tree id)
|
1991 |
|
|
{
|
1992 |
|
|
TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
|
1993 |
|
|
}
|
1994 |
|
|
|
1995 |
|
|
/* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
|
1996 |
|
|
void
|
1997 |
|
|
mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
|
1998 |
|
|
{
|
1999 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
2000 |
|
|
{
|
2001 |
|
|
/* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
|
2002 |
|
|
If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
|
2003 |
|
|
functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
|
2004 |
|
|
definition. */
|
2005 |
|
|
struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node (decl);
|
2006 |
|
|
if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
|
2007 |
|
|
&& (!node->local.vtable_method || !cgraph_global_info_ready
|
2008 |
|
|
|| !node->local.finalized))
|
2009 |
|
|
cgraph_mark_needed_node (node);
|
2010 |
|
|
}
|
2011 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
2012 |
|
|
{
|
2013 |
|
|
struct cgraph_varpool_node *node = cgraph_varpool_node (decl);
|
2014 |
|
|
cgraph_varpool_mark_needed_node (node);
|
2015 |
|
|
/* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
|
2016 |
|
|
to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
|
2017 |
|
|
node->force_output = true;
|
2018 |
|
|
}
|
2019 |
|
|
/* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
|
2020 |
|
|
which do not need to be marked. */
|
2021 |
|
|
}
|
2022 |
|
|
|
2023 |
|
|
|
2024 |
|
|
/* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
|
2025 |
|
|
until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
|
2026 |
|
|
Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
|
2027 |
|
|
way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
|
2028 |
|
|
followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
|
2029 |
|
|
chain. */
|
2030 |
|
|
|
2031 |
|
|
static inline tree
|
2032 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
|
2033 |
|
|
{
|
2034 |
|
|
tree target = *alias;
|
2035 |
|
|
|
2036 |
|
|
if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
|
2037 |
|
|
{
|
2038 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
|
2039 |
|
|
target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
|
2040 |
|
|
gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
|
2041 |
|
|
&& ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
|
2042 |
|
|
*alias = target;
|
2043 |
|
|
}
|
2044 |
|
|
|
2045 |
|
|
return target;
|
2046 |
|
|
}
|
2047 |
|
|
|
2048 |
|
|
/* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
|
2049 |
|
|
starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
|
2050 |
|
|
NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
|
2051 |
|
|
addition of an underscore). */
|
2052 |
|
|
|
2053 |
|
|
void
|
2054 |
|
|
assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
|
2055 |
|
|
{
|
2056 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '*')
|
2057 |
|
|
fputs (&name[1], file);
|
2058 |
|
|
else
|
2059 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
|
2060 |
|
|
}
|
2061 |
|
|
|
2062 |
|
|
/* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
|
2063 |
|
|
an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
|
2064 |
|
|
variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
|
2065 |
|
|
be marked as referenced. */
|
2066 |
|
|
|
2067 |
|
|
void
|
2068 |
|
|
assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
|
2069 |
|
|
{
|
2070 |
|
|
const char *real_name;
|
2071 |
|
|
tree id;
|
2072 |
|
|
|
2073 |
|
|
real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
|
2074 |
|
|
|
2075 |
|
|
id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
|
2076 |
|
|
if (id)
|
2077 |
|
|
{
|
2078 |
|
|
tree id_orig = id;
|
2079 |
|
|
|
2080 |
|
|
mark_referenced (id);
|
2081 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
|
2082 |
|
|
if (id != id_orig)
|
2083 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
|
2084 |
|
|
gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
|
2085 |
|
|
}
|
2086 |
|
|
|
2087 |
|
|
assemble_name_raw (file, name);
|
2088 |
|
|
}
|
2089 |
|
|
|
2090 |
|
|
/* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
|
2091 |
|
|
and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
|
2092 |
|
|
|
2093 |
|
|
rtx
|
2094 |
|
|
assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
|
2095 |
|
|
{
|
2096 |
|
|
char name[12];
|
2097 |
|
|
const char *namestring;
|
2098 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
2099 |
|
|
|
2100 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
|
2101 |
|
|
++const_labelno;
|
2102 |
|
|
namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
|
2103 |
|
|
|
2104 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
|
2105 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
2106 |
|
|
|
2107 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
|
2108 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
|
2109 |
|
|
BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
|
2110 |
|
|
#else
|
2111 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
|
2112 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
|
2113 |
|
|
#else
|
2114 |
|
|
{
|
2115 |
|
|
/* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
|
2116 |
|
|
so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
|
2117 |
|
|
/* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
|
2118 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
|
2119 |
|
|
= ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
|
2120 |
|
|
/ (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
2121 |
|
|
* (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
2122 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
|
2123 |
|
|
}
|
2124 |
|
|
#endif
|
2125 |
|
|
#endif
|
2126 |
|
|
return x;
|
2127 |
|
|
}
|
2128 |
|
|
|
2129 |
|
|
/* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
|
2130 |
|
|
This is done at most once per compilation.
|
2131 |
|
|
Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
|
2132 |
|
|
|
2133 |
|
|
static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
|
2134 |
|
|
|
2135 |
|
|
#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
|
2136 |
|
|
rtx
|
2137 |
|
|
assemble_trampoline_template (void)
|
2138 |
|
|
{
|
2139 |
|
|
char label[256];
|
2140 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
2141 |
|
|
int align;
|
2142 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
2143 |
|
|
|
2144 |
|
|
if (initial_trampoline)
|
2145 |
|
|
return initial_trampoline;
|
2146 |
|
|
|
2147 |
|
|
/* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
|
2148 |
|
|
|
2149 |
|
|
#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
|
2150 |
|
|
switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
|
2151 |
|
|
#else
|
2152 |
|
|
switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
|
2153 |
|
|
#endif
|
2154 |
|
|
|
2155 |
|
|
/* Write the assembler code to define one. */
|
2156 |
|
|
align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
2157 |
|
|
if (align > 0)
|
2158 |
|
|
{
|
2159 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
|
2160 |
|
|
}
|
2161 |
|
|
|
2162 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
|
2163 |
|
|
TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE (asm_out_file);
|
2164 |
|
|
|
2165 |
|
|
/* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
|
2166 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
|
2167 |
|
|
name = ggc_strdup (label);
|
2168 |
|
|
symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
|
2169 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
2170 |
|
|
|
2171 |
|
|
initial_trampoline = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, symbol);
|
2172 |
|
|
set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
|
2173 |
|
|
|
2174 |
|
|
return initial_trampoline;
|
2175 |
|
|
}
|
2176 |
|
|
#endif
|
2177 |
|
|
|
2178 |
|
|
/* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
|
2179 |
|
|
that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
|
2180 |
|
|
|
2181 |
|
|
static inline unsigned
|
2182 |
|
|
min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
|
2183 |
|
|
{
|
2184 |
|
|
return (a | b) & -(a | b);
|
2185 |
|
|
}
|
2186 |
|
|
|
2187 |
|
|
/* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
|
2188 |
|
|
object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
|
2189 |
|
|
indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
|
2190 |
|
|
assembly dialect has no such directive.
|
2191 |
|
|
|
2192 |
|
|
The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
|
2193 |
|
|
be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
|
2194 |
|
|
|
2195 |
|
|
const char *
|
2196 |
|
|
integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
|
2197 |
|
|
{
|
2198 |
|
|
struct asm_int_op *ops;
|
2199 |
|
|
|
2200 |
|
|
if (aligned_p)
|
2201 |
|
|
ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
|
2202 |
|
|
else
|
2203 |
|
|
ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
|
2204 |
|
|
|
2205 |
|
|
switch (size)
|
2206 |
|
|
{
|
2207 |
|
|
case 1:
|
2208 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
|
2209 |
|
|
case 2:
|
2210 |
|
|
return ops->hi;
|
2211 |
|
|
case 4:
|
2212 |
|
|
return ops->si;
|
2213 |
|
|
case 8:
|
2214 |
|
|
return ops->di;
|
2215 |
|
|
case 16:
|
2216 |
|
|
return ops->ti;
|
2217 |
|
|
default:
|
2218 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
2219 |
|
|
}
|
2220 |
|
|
}
|
2221 |
|
|
|
2222 |
|
|
/* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
|
2223 |
|
|
start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
|
2224 |
|
|
|
2225 |
|
|
void
|
2226 |
|
|
assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
|
2227 |
|
|
{
|
2228 |
|
|
fputs (op, asm_out_file);
|
2229 |
|
|
output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
|
2230 |
|
|
fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
|
2231 |
|
|
}
|
2232 |
|
|
|
2233 |
|
|
/* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
|
2234 |
|
|
|
2235 |
|
|
bool
|
2236 |
|
|
default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
2237 |
|
|
unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
2238 |
|
|
int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
2239 |
|
|
{
|
2240 |
|
|
const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
|
2241 |
|
|
/* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
|
2242 |
|
|
absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
|
2243 |
|
|
if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
2244 |
|
|
return false;
|
2245 |
|
|
return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
|
2246 |
|
|
}
|
2247 |
|
|
|
2248 |
|
|
/* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
|
2249 |
|
|
the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
|
2250 |
|
|
the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
|
2251 |
|
|
if FORCE is nonzero. */
|
2252 |
|
|
|
2253 |
|
|
bool
|
2254 |
|
|
assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
|
2255 |
|
|
{
|
2256 |
|
|
int aligned_p;
|
2257 |
|
|
|
2258 |
|
|
aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
|
2259 |
|
|
|
2260 |
|
|
/* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
|
2261 |
|
|
if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
|
2262 |
|
|
return true;
|
2263 |
|
|
|
2264 |
|
|
/* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
|
2265 |
|
|
it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
|
2266 |
|
|
if (size > 1)
|
2267 |
|
|
{
|
2268 |
|
|
enum machine_mode omode, imode;
|
2269 |
|
|
unsigned int subalign;
|
2270 |
|
|
unsigned int subsize, i;
|
2271 |
|
|
|
2272 |
|
|
subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
|
2273 |
|
|
subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
2274 |
|
|
omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
|
2275 |
|
|
imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
|
2276 |
|
|
|
2277 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
|
2278 |
|
|
{
|
2279 |
|
|
rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
|
2280 |
|
|
if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
|
2281 |
|
|
break;
|
2282 |
|
|
}
|
2283 |
|
|
if (i == size)
|
2284 |
|
|
return true;
|
2285 |
|
|
|
2286 |
|
|
/* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
|
2287 |
|
|
back now. */
|
2288 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!i);
|
2289 |
|
|
}
|
2290 |
|
|
|
2291 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!force);
|
2292 |
|
|
|
2293 |
|
|
return false;
|
2294 |
|
|
}
|
2295 |
|
|
|
2296 |
|
|
void
|
2297 |
|
|
assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, enum machine_mode mode, unsigned int align)
|
2298 |
|
|
{
|
2299 |
|
|
long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
|
2300 |
|
|
int i;
|
2301 |
|
|
int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
|
2302 |
|
|
|
2303 |
|
|
/* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
|
2304 |
|
|
will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
|
2305 |
|
|
(even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
|
2306 |
|
|
number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
|
2307 |
|
|
of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
|
2308 |
|
|
object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
|
2309 |
|
|
mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
|
2310 |
|
|
|
2311 |
|
|
size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
|
2312 |
|
|
(which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
|
2313 |
|
|
will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
|
2314 |
|
|
|
2315 |
|
|
nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
2316 |
|
|
bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
2317 |
|
|
nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
|
2318 |
|
|
units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
2319 |
|
|
|
2320 |
|
|
real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
|
2321 |
|
|
|
2322 |
|
|
/* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
|
2323 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (data[0]), MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
|
2324 |
|
|
nunits -= units_per;
|
2325 |
|
|
|
2326 |
|
|
/* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
|
2327 |
|
|
align = min_align (align, 32);
|
2328 |
|
|
|
2329 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
|
2330 |
|
|
{
|
2331 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (data[i]), MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
|
2332 |
|
|
nunits -= units_per;
|
2333 |
|
|
}
|
2334 |
|
|
}
|
2335 |
|
|
|
2336 |
|
|
/* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
|
2337 |
|
|
reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
|
2338 |
|
|
Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
|
2339 |
|
|
EXP must be reducible. */
|
2340 |
|
|
|
2341 |
|
|
struct addr_const GTY(())
|
2342 |
|
|
{
|
2343 |
|
|
rtx base;
|
2344 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
2345 |
|
|
};
|
2346 |
|
|
|
2347 |
|
|
static void
|
2348 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
|
2349 |
|
|
{
|
2350 |
|
|
tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
2351 |
|
|
int offset = 0;
|
2352 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
2353 |
|
|
|
2354 |
|
|
while (1)
|
2355 |
|
|
{
|
2356 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
|
2357 |
|
|
&& host_integerp (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)), 0))
|
2358 |
|
|
|
2359 |
|
|
{
|
2360 |
|
|
offset += int_byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1));
|
2361 |
|
|
target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
|
2362 |
|
|
}
|
2363 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
|
2364 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
|
2365 |
|
|
{
|
2366 |
|
|
offset += (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)), 1)
|
2367 |
|
|
* tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1), 0));
|
2368 |
|
|
target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
|
2369 |
|
|
}
|
2370 |
|
|
else
|
2371 |
|
|
break;
|
2372 |
|
|
}
|
2373 |
|
|
|
2374 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (target))
|
2375 |
|
|
{
|
2376 |
|
|
case VAR_DECL:
|
2377 |
|
|
case FUNCTION_DECL:
|
2378 |
|
|
x = DECL_RTL (target);
|
2379 |
|
|
break;
|
2380 |
|
|
|
2381 |
|
|
case LABEL_DECL:
|
2382 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
|
2383 |
|
|
gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
|
2384 |
|
|
break;
|
2385 |
|
|
|
2386 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
2387 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
2388 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
2389 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
2390 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
2391 |
|
|
x = output_constant_def (target, 1);
|
2392 |
|
|
break;
|
2393 |
|
|
|
2394 |
|
|
default:
|
2395 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
2396 |
|
|
}
|
2397 |
|
|
|
2398 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
|
2399 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
2400 |
|
|
|
2401 |
|
|
value->base = x;
|
2402 |
|
|
value->offset = offset;
|
2403 |
|
|
}
|
2404 |
|
|
|
2405 |
|
|
/* Uniquize all constants that appear in memory.
|
2406 |
|
|
Each constant in memory thus far output is recorded
|
2407 |
|
|
in `const_desc_table'. */
|
2408 |
|
|
|
2409 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree GTY(())
|
2410 |
|
|
{
|
2411 |
|
|
/* A MEM for the constant. */
|
2412 |
|
|
rtx rtl;
|
2413 |
|
|
|
2414 |
|
|
/* The value of the constant. */
|
2415 |
|
|
tree value;
|
2416 |
|
|
|
2417 |
|
|
/* Hash of value. Computing the hash from value each time
|
2418 |
|
|
hashfn is called can't work properly, as that means recursive
|
2419 |
|
|
use of the hash table during hash table expansion. */
|
2420 |
|
|
hashval_t hash;
|
2421 |
|
|
};
|
2422 |
|
|
|
2423 |
|
|
static GTY((param_is (struct constant_descriptor_tree)))
|
2424 |
|
|
htab_t const_desc_htab;
|
2425 |
|
|
|
2426 |
|
|
static struct constant_descriptor_tree * build_constant_desc (tree);
|
2427 |
|
|
static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
|
2428 |
|
|
|
2429 |
|
|
/* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
|
2430 |
|
|
|
2431 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
2432 |
|
|
const_desc_hash (const void *ptr)
|
2433 |
|
|
{
|
2434 |
|
|
return ((struct constant_descriptor_tree *)ptr)->hash;
|
2435 |
|
|
}
|
2436 |
|
|
|
2437 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
2438 |
|
|
const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
|
2439 |
|
|
{
|
2440 |
|
|
const char *p;
|
2441 |
|
|
hashval_t hi;
|
2442 |
|
|
int len, i;
|
2443 |
|
|
enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
|
2444 |
|
|
|
2445 |
|
|
/* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
|
2446 |
|
|
exit the switch or return a value. */
|
2447 |
|
|
|
2448 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
2449 |
|
|
{
|
2450 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
2451 |
|
|
p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST (exp);
|
2452 |
|
|
len = sizeof TREE_INT_CST (exp);
|
2453 |
|
|
break;
|
2454 |
|
|
|
2455 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
2456 |
|
|
return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
|
2457 |
|
|
|
2458 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
2459 |
|
|
p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
|
2460 |
|
|
len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
|
2461 |
|
|
break;
|
2462 |
|
|
|
2463 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
2464 |
|
|
return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
|
2465 |
|
|
+ const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
|
2466 |
|
|
|
2467 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
2468 |
|
|
{
|
2469 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
2470 |
|
|
tree value;
|
2471 |
|
|
|
2472 |
|
|
hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
2473 |
|
|
|
2474 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
|
2475 |
|
|
if (value)
|
2476 |
|
|
hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
|
2477 |
|
|
|
2478 |
|
|
return hi;
|
2479 |
|
|
}
|
2480 |
|
|
|
2481 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
2482 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
2483 |
|
|
{
|
2484 |
|
|
struct addr_const value;
|
2485 |
|
|
|
2486 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
|
2487 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
|
2488 |
|
|
{
|
2489 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
2490 |
|
|
/* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
|
2491 |
|
|
only use the offset and the symbol name. */
|
2492 |
|
|
hi = value.offset;
|
2493 |
|
|
p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
|
2494 |
|
|
for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
|
2495 |
|
|
hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
|
2496 |
|
|
break;
|
2497 |
|
|
|
2498 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
2499 |
|
|
hi = value.offset + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (value.base, 0)) * 13;
|
2500 |
|
|
break;
|
2501 |
|
|
|
2502 |
|
|
default:
|
2503 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
2504 |
|
|
}
|
2505 |
|
|
}
|
2506 |
|
|
return hi;
|
2507 |
|
|
|
2508 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
2509 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
2510 |
|
|
return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
|
2511 |
|
|
+ const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
|
2512 |
|
|
|
2513 |
|
|
case NOP_EXPR:
|
2514 |
|
|
case CONVERT_EXPR:
|
2515 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
2516 |
|
|
return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
|
2517 |
|
|
|
2518 |
|
|
default:
|
2519 |
|
|
/* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
|
2520 |
|
|
return code;
|
2521 |
|
|
}
|
2522 |
|
|
|
2523 |
|
|
/* Compute hashing function. */
|
2524 |
|
|
hi = len;
|
2525 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
2526 |
|
|
hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
|
2527 |
|
|
|
2528 |
|
|
return hi;
|
2529 |
|
|
}
|
2530 |
|
|
|
2531 |
|
|
/* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
|
2532 |
|
|
static int
|
2533 |
|
|
const_desc_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
2534 |
|
|
{
|
2535 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_tree *c1 = p1;
|
2536 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_tree *c2 = p2;
|
2537 |
|
|
if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
|
2538 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2539 |
|
|
return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
|
2540 |
|
|
}
|
2541 |
|
|
|
2542 |
|
|
/* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
|
2543 |
|
|
the same bit pattern on output. */
|
2544 |
|
|
|
2545 |
|
|
static int
|
2546 |
|
|
compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
|
2547 |
|
|
{
|
2548 |
|
|
enum tree_code typecode;
|
2549 |
|
|
|
2550 |
|
|
if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
|
2551 |
|
|
return t2 == NULL_TREE;
|
2552 |
|
|
if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
|
2553 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2554 |
|
|
|
2555 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
|
2556 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2557 |
|
|
|
2558 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
|
2559 |
|
|
{
|
2560 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
2561 |
|
|
/* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
|
2562 |
|
|
if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
2563 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2564 |
|
|
if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
2565 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2566 |
|
|
return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
|
2567 |
|
|
|
2568 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
2569 |
|
|
/* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
|
2570 |
|
|
if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
2571 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2572 |
|
|
|
2573 |
|
|
return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (t1), TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
|
2574 |
|
|
|
2575 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
2576 |
|
|
if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
2577 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2578 |
|
|
|
2579 |
|
|
return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
|
2580 |
|
|
&& ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
|
2581 |
|
|
TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
|
2582 |
|
|
|
2583 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
2584 |
|
|
return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
|
2585 |
|
|
&& compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
|
2586 |
|
|
|
2587 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
2588 |
|
|
{
|
2589 |
|
|
VEC(constructor_elt, gc) *v1, *v2;
|
2590 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
2591 |
|
|
|
2592 |
|
|
typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
|
2593 |
|
|
if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
2594 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2595 |
|
|
|
2596 |
|
|
if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
2597 |
|
|
{
|
2598 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
|
2599 |
|
|
/* For arrays, check that the sizes all match. */
|
2600 |
|
|
if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
|
2601 |
|
|
|| size_1 == -1
|
2602 |
|
|
|| size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
|
2603 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2604 |
|
|
}
|
2605 |
|
|
else
|
2606 |
|
|
{
|
2607 |
|
|
/* For record and union constructors, require exact type
|
2608 |
|
|
equality. */
|
2609 |
|
|
if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
|
2610 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2611 |
|
|
}
|
2612 |
|
|
|
2613 |
|
|
v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
|
2614 |
|
|
v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
|
2615 |
|
|
if (VEC_length (constructor_elt, v1)
|
2616 |
|
|
!= VEC_length (constructor_elt, v2))
|
2617 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2618 |
|
|
|
2619 |
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < VEC_length (constructor_elt, v1); ++idx)
|
2620 |
|
|
{
|
2621 |
|
|
constructor_elt *c1 = VEC_index (constructor_elt, v1, idx);
|
2622 |
|
|
constructor_elt *c2 = VEC_index (constructor_elt, v2, idx);
|
2623 |
|
|
|
2624 |
|
|
/* Check that each value is the same... */
|
2625 |
|
|
if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
|
2626 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2627 |
|
|
/* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
|
2628 |
|
|
if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
2629 |
|
|
{
|
2630 |
|
|
if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
|
2631 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2632 |
|
|
}
|
2633 |
|
|
else
|
2634 |
|
|
{
|
2635 |
|
|
if (c1->index != c2->index)
|
2636 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2637 |
|
|
}
|
2638 |
|
|
}
|
2639 |
|
|
|
2640 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2641 |
|
|
}
|
2642 |
|
|
|
2643 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
2644 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
2645 |
|
|
{
|
2646 |
|
|
struct addr_const value1, value2;
|
2647 |
|
|
|
2648 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
|
2649 |
|
|
decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
|
2650 |
|
|
return (value1.offset == value2.offset
|
2651 |
|
|
&& strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
|
2652 |
|
|
}
|
2653 |
|
|
|
2654 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
2655 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
2656 |
|
|
case RANGE_EXPR:
|
2657 |
|
|
return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
|
2658 |
|
|
&& compare_constant(TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
|
2659 |
|
|
|
2660 |
|
|
case NOP_EXPR:
|
2661 |
|
|
case CONVERT_EXPR:
|
2662 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
2663 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
2664 |
|
|
return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
|
2665 |
|
|
|
2666 |
|
|
default:
|
2667 |
|
|
{
|
2668 |
|
|
tree nt1, nt2;
|
2669 |
|
|
nt1 = lang_hooks.expand_constant (t1);
|
2670 |
|
|
nt2 = lang_hooks.expand_constant (t2);
|
2671 |
|
|
if (nt1 != t1 || nt2 != t2)
|
2672 |
|
|
return compare_constant (nt1, nt2);
|
2673 |
|
|
else
|
2674 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2675 |
|
|
}
|
2676 |
|
|
}
|
2677 |
|
|
|
2678 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
2679 |
|
|
}
|
2680 |
|
|
|
2681 |
|
|
/* Make a copy of the whole tree structure for a constant. This
|
2682 |
|
|
handles the same types of nodes that compare_constant handles. */
|
2683 |
|
|
|
2684 |
|
|
static tree
|
2685 |
|
|
copy_constant (tree exp)
|
2686 |
|
|
{
|
2687 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
2688 |
|
|
{
|
2689 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
2690 |
|
|
/* For ADDR_EXPR, we do not want to copy the decl whose address
|
2691 |
|
|
is requested. We do want to copy constants though. */
|
2692 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
|
2693 |
|
|
return build1 (TREE_CODE (exp), TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
2694 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
2695 |
|
|
else
|
2696 |
|
|
return copy_node (exp);
|
2697 |
|
|
|
2698 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
2699 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
2700 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
2701 |
|
|
return copy_node (exp);
|
2702 |
|
|
|
2703 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
2704 |
|
|
return build_complex (TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
2705 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp)),
|
2706 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
|
2707 |
|
|
|
2708 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
2709 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
2710 |
|
|
return build2 (TREE_CODE (exp), TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
2711 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)),
|
2712 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
|
2713 |
|
|
|
2714 |
|
|
case NOP_EXPR:
|
2715 |
|
|
case CONVERT_EXPR:
|
2716 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
2717 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
2718 |
|
|
return build1 (TREE_CODE (exp), TREE_TYPE (exp),
|
2719 |
|
|
copy_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
2720 |
|
|
|
2721 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
2722 |
|
|
{
|
2723 |
|
|
tree copy = copy_node (exp);
|
2724 |
|
|
VEC(constructor_elt, gc) *v;
|
2725 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
2726 |
|
|
tree purpose, value;
|
2727 |
|
|
|
2728 |
|
|
v = VEC_alloc(constructor_elt, gc, VEC_length(constructor_elt,
|
2729 |
|
|
CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)));
|
2730 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, purpose, value)
|
2731 |
|
|
{
|
2732 |
|
|
constructor_elt *ce = VEC_quick_push (constructor_elt, v, NULL);
|
2733 |
|
|
ce->index = purpose;
|
2734 |
|
|
ce->value = copy_constant (value);
|
2735 |
|
|
}
|
2736 |
|
|
CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (copy) = v;
|
2737 |
|
|
return copy;
|
2738 |
|
|
}
|
2739 |
|
|
|
2740 |
|
|
default:
|
2741 |
|
|
{
|
2742 |
|
|
tree t = lang_hooks.expand_constant (exp);
|
2743 |
|
|
|
2744 |
|
|
gcc_assert (t != exp);
|
2745 |
|
|
return copy_constant (t);
|
2746 |
|
|
}
|
2747 |
|
|
}
|
2748 |
|
|
}
|
2749 |
|
|
|
2750 |
|
|
/* Return the alignment of constant EXP in bits. */
|
2751 |
|
|
|
2752 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
2753 |
|
|
get_constant_alignment (tree exp)
|
2754 |
|
|
{
|
2755 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
2756 |
|
|
|
2757 |
|
|
align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
2758 |
|
|
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
2759 |
|
|
align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align);
|
2760 |
|
|
#endif
|
2761 |
|
|
return align;
|
2762 |
|
|
}
|
2763 |
|
|
|
2764 |
|
|
/* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
|
2765 |
|
|
|
2766 |
|
|
static section *
|
2767 |
|
|
get_constant_section (tree exp)
|
2768 |
|
|
{
|
2769 |
|
|
if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (exp))
|
2770 |
|
|
return get_named_section (exp, NULL, compute_reloc_for_constant (exp));
|
2771 |
|
|
else
|
2772 |
|
|
return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
|
2773 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
|
2774 |
|
|
get_constant_alignment (exp));
|
2775 |
|
|
}
|
2776 |
|
|
|
2777 |
|
|
/* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
|
2778 |
|
|
|
2779 |
|
|
static HOST_WIDE_INT
|
2780 |
|
|
get_constant_size (tree exp)
|
2781 |
|
|
{
|
2782 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
|
2783 |
|
|
|
2784 |
|
|
size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
2785 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
|
2786 |
|
|
size = MAX (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
|
2787 |
|
|
return size;
|
2788 |
|
|
}
|
2789 |
|
|
|
2790 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
|
2791 |
|
|
No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
|
2792 |
|
|
Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
|
2793 |
|
|
Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
|
2794 |
|
|
constant's location in memory.
|
2795 |
|
|
Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
|
2796 |
|
|
|
2797 |
|
|
static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
|
2798 |
|
|
build_constant_desc (tree exp)
|
2799 |
|
|
{
|
2800 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
2801 |
|
|
rtx rtl;
|
2802 |
|
|
char label[256];
|
2803 |
|
|
int labelno;
|
2804 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
|
2805 |
|
|
|
2806 |
|
|
desc = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*desc));
|
2807 |
|
|
desc->value = copy_constant (exp);
|
2808 |
|
|
|
2809 |
|
|
/* Propagate marked-ness to copied constant. */
|
2810 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap && mf_marked_p (exp))
|
2811 |
|
|
mf_mark (desc->value);
|
2812 |
|
|
|
2813 |
|
|
/* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
|
2814 |
|
|
labelno = const_labelno++;
|
2815 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
|
2816 |
|
|
|
2817 |
|
|
/* We have a symbol name; construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
|
2818 |
|
|
if (use_object_blocks_p ())
|
2819 |
|
|
{
|
2820 |
|
|
section *sect = get_constant_section (exp);
|
2821 |
|
|
symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
|
2822 |
|
|
get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
|
2823 |
|
|
}
|
2824 |
|
|
else
|
2825 |
|
|
symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
|
2826 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
2827 |
|
|
SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, desc->value);
|
2828 |
|
|
TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
|
2829 |
|
|
|
2830 |
|
|
rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
|
2831 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
|
2832 |
|
|
set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
|
2833 |
|
|
set_mem_alias_set (rtl, const_alias_set);
|
2834 |
|
|
|
2835 |
|
|
/* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
|
2836 |
|
|
that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
|
2837 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
|
2838 |
|
|
information. This call might invalidate our local variable
|
2839 |
|
|
SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
|
2840 |
|
|
|
2841 |
|
|
targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
|
2842 |
|
|
|
2843 |
|
|
desc->rtl = rtl;
|
2844 |
|
|
|
2845 |
|
|
return desc;
|
2846 |
|
|
}
|
2847 |
|
|
|
2848 |
|
|
/* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
|
2849 |
|
|
for the constant expression EXP.
|
2850 |
|
|
|
2851 |
|
|
If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
|
2852 |
|
|
return an rtx to refer to it.
|
2853 |
|
|
Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
|
2854 |
|
|
and generate an rtx for it.
|
2855 |
|
|
|
2856 |
|
|
If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
|
2857 |
|
|
if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
|
2858 |
|
|
|
2859 |
|
|
`const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
|
2860 |
|
|
|
2861 |
|
|
rtx
|
2862 |
|
|
output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
|
2863 |
|
|
{
|
2864 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
|
2865 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
|
2866 |
|
|
void **loc;
|
2867 |
|
|
|
2868 |
|
|
/* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
|
2869 |
|
|
it, create a new one. */
|
2870 |
|
|
key.value = exp;
|
2871 |
|
|
key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
|
2872 |
|
|
loc = htab_find_slot_with_hash (const_desc_htab, &key, key.hash, INSERT);
|
2873 |
|
|
|
2874 |
|
|
desc = *loc;
|
2875 |
|
|
if (desc == 0)
|
2876 |
|
|
{
|
2877 |
|
|
desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
|
2878 |
|
|
desc->hash = key.hash;
|
2879 |
|
|
*loc = desc;
|
2880 |
|
|
}
|
2881 |
|
|
|
2882 |
|
|
maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
|
2883 |
|
|
return desc->rtl;
|
2884 |
|
|
}
|
2885 |
|
|
|
2886 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
|
2887 |
|
|
output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
|
2888 |
|
|
static void
|
2889 |
|
|
maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
|
2890 |
|
|
int defer)
|
2891 |
|
|
{
|
2892 |
|
|
rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
|
2893 |
|
|
tree exp = desc->value;
|
2894 |
|
|
|
2895 |
|
|
if (flag_syntax_only)
|
2896 |
|
|
return;
|
2897 |
|
|
|
2898 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
|
2899 |
|
|
/* Already output; don't do it again. */
|
2900 |
|
|
return;
|
2901 |
|
|
|
2902 |
|
|
/* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
|
2903 |
|
|
doing so. */
|
2904 |
|
|
if (defer)
|
2905 |
|
|
{
|
2906 |
|
|
/* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
|
2907 |
|
|
least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
|
2908 |
|
|
by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
|
2909 |
|
|
and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
|
2910 |
|
|
through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
|
2911 |
|
|
if (cfun)
|
2912 |
|
|
n_deferred_constants++;
|
2913 |
|
|
return;
|
2914 |
|
|
}
|
2915 |
|
|
|
2916 |
|
|
output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
|
2917 |
|
|
}
|
2918 |
|
|
|
2919 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
|
2920 |
|
|
of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
|
2921 |
|
|
constant's alignment in bits. */
|
2922 |
|
|
|
2923 |
|
|
static void
|
2924 |
|
|
assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align)
|
2925 |
|
|
{
|
2926 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
|
2927 |
|
|
|
2928 |
|
|
size = get_constant_size (exp);
|
2929 |
|
|
|
2930 |
|
|
/* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
|
2931 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
|
2932 |
|
|
ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
|
2933 |
|
|
#else
|
2934 |
|
|
/* Standard thing is just output label for the constant. */
|
2935 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
|
2936 |
|
|
#endif /* ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME */
|
2937 |
|
|
|
2938 |
|
|
/* Output the value of EXP. */
|
2939 |
|
|
output_constant (exp, size, align);
|
2940 |
|
|
}
|
2941 |
|
|
|
2942 |
|
|
/* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
|
2943 |
|
|
|
2944 |
|
|
static void
|
2945 |
|
|
output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
|
2946 |
|
|
{
|
2947 |
|
|
tree exp = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
2948 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
2949 |
|
|
|
2950 |
|
|
/* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
|
2951 |
|
|
are assigned label numbers. */
|
2952 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (exp);
|
2953 |
|
|
|
2954 |
|
|
/* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
|
2955 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
|
2956 |
|
|
|
2957 |
|
|
/* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
|
2958 |
|
|
decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
|
2959 |
|
|
its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
|
2960 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
|
2961 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (symbol);
|
2962 |
|
|
else
|
2963 |
|
|
{
|
2964 |
|
|
switch_to_section (get_constant_section (exp));
|
2965 |
|
|
align = get_constant_alignment (exp);
|
2966 |
|
|
if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
2967 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
2968 |
|
|
assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align);
|
2969 |
|
|
}
|
2970 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap)
|
2971 |
|
|
mudflap_enqueue_constant (exp);
|
2972 |
|
|
}
|
2973 |
|
|
|
2974 |
|
|
/* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
|
2975 |
|
|
if it has been emitted, else null. */
|
2976 |
|
|
|
2977 |
|
|
rtx
|
2978 |
|
|
lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
|
2979 |
|
|
{
|
2980 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
|
2981 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
|
2982 |
|
|
|
2983 |
|
|
key.value = exp;
|
2984 |
|
|
key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
|
2985 |
|
|
desc = htab_find_with_hash (const_desc_htab, &key, key.hash);
|
2986 |
|
|
|
2987 |
|
|
return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
|
2988 |
|
|
}
|
2989 |
|
|
|
2990 |
|
|
/* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
|
2991 |
|
|
twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
|
2992 |
|
|
are output once per function, not once per file. */
|
2993 |
|
|
/* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
|
2994 |
|
|
can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
|
2995 |
|
|
difference. */
|
2996 |
|
|
|
2997 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool GTY(())
|
2998 |
|
|
{
|
2999 |
|
|
/* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
|
3000 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
|
3001 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
|
3002 |
|
|
|
3003 |
|
|
/* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
|
3004 |
|
|
It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
|
3005 |
|
|
constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
|
3006 |
|
|
in memory. */
|
3007 |
|
|
htab_t GTY((param_is (struct constant_descriptor_rtx))) const_rtx_htab;
|
3008 |
|
|
|
3009 |
|
|
/* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
|
3010 |
|
|
machine-specific header). */
|
3011 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
3012 |
|
|
};
|
3013 |
|
|
|
3014 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx GTY((chain_next ("%h.next")))
|
3015 |
|
|
{
|
3016 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
|
3017 |
|
|
rtx mem;
|
3018 |
|
|
rtx sym;
|
3019 |
|
|
rtx constant;
|
3020 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
3021 |
|
|
hashval_t hash;
|
3022 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
3023 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
3024 |
|
|
int labelno;
|
3025 |
|
|
int mark;
|
3026 |
|
|
};
|
3027 |
|
|
|
3028 |
|
|
/* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
|
3029 |
|
|
|
3030 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
3031 |
|
|
const_desc_rtx_hash (const void *ptr)
|
3032 |
|
|
{
|
3033 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = ptr;
|
3034 |
|
|
return desc->hash;
|
3035 |
|
|
}
|
3036 |
|
|
|
3037 |
|
|
static int
|
3038 |
|
|
const_desc_rtx_eq (const void *a, const void *b)
|
3039 |
|
|
{
|
3040 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *x = a;
|
3041 |
|
|
const struct constant_descriptor_rtx *y = b;
|
3042 |
|
|
|
3043 |
|
|
if (x->mode != y->mode)
|
3044 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3045 |
|
|
return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
|
3046 |
|
|
}
|
3047 |
|
|
|
3048 |
|
|
/* This is the worker function for const_rtx_hash, called via for_each_rtx. */
|
3049 |
|
|
|
3050 |
|
|
static int
|
3051 |
|
|
const_rtx_hash_1 (rtx *xp, void *data)
|
3052 |
|
|
{
|
3053 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
|
3054 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
3055 |
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
3056 |
|
|
hashval_t h, *hp;
|
3057 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
3058 |
|
|
|
3059 |
|
|
x = *xp;
|
3060 |
|
|
code = GET_CODE (x);
|
3061 |
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
3062 |
|
|
h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
|
3063 |
|
|
|
3064 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
3065 |
|
|
{
|
3066 |
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
3067 |
|
|
hwi = INTVAL (x);
|
3068 |
|
|
fold_hwi:
|
3069 |
|
|
{
|
3070 |
|
|
const int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
|
3071 |
|
|
const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
|
3072 |
|
|
int i;
|
3073 |
|
|
|
3074 |
|
|
h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
|
3075 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
3076 |
|
|
{
|
3077 |
|
|
hwi >>= shift;
|
3078 |
|
|
h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
|
3079 |
|
|
}
|
3080 |
|
|
}
|
3081 |
|
|
break;
|
3082 |
|
|
|
3083 |
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
3084 |
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
3085 |
|
|
{
|
3086 |
|
|
hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
|
3087 |
|
|
goto fold_hwi;
|
3088 |
|
|
}
|
3089 |
|
|
else
|
3090 |
|
|
h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
|
3091 |
|
|
break;
|
3092 |
|
|
|
3093 |
|
|
case CONST_VECTOR:
|
3094 |
|
|
{
|
3095 |
|
|
int i;
|
3096 |
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0); i-- > 0; )
|
3097 |
|
|
h = h * 251 + const_rtx_hash_1 (&XVECEXP (x, 0, i), data);
|
3098 |
|
|
}
|
3099 |
|
|
break;
|
3100 |
|
|
|
3101 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
3102 |
|
|
h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
|
3103 |
|
|
break;
|
3104 |
|
|
|
3105 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
3106 |
|
|
h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (x, 0));
|
3107 |
|
|
break;
|
3108 |
|
|
|
3109 |
|
|
case UNSPEC:
|
3110 |
|
|
case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
|
3111 |
|
|
h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
|
3112 |
|
|
break;
|
3113 |
|
|
|
3114 |
|
|
default:
|
3115 |
|
|
break;
|
3116 |
|
|
}
|
3117 |
|
|
|
3118 |
|
|
hp = data;
|
3119 |
|
|
*hp = *hp * 509 + h;
|
3120 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3121 |
|
|
}
|
3122 |
|
|
|
3123 |
|
|
/* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
|
3124 |
|
|
|
3125 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
3126 |
|
|
const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
|
3127 |
|
|
{
|
3128 |
|
|
hashval_t h = 0;
|
3129 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&x, const_rtx_hash_1, &h);
|
3130 |
|
|
return h;
|
3131 |
|
|
}
|
3132 |
|
|
|
3133 |
|
|
|
3134 |
|
|
/* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
|
3135 |
|
|
|
3136 |
|
|
static struct rtx_constant_pool *
|
3137 |
|
|
create_constant_pool (void)
|
3138 |
|
|
{
|
3139 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
|
3140 |
|
|
|
3141 |
|
|
pool = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct rtx_constant_pool));
|
3142 |
|
|
pool->const_rtx_htab = htab_create_ggc (31, const_desc_rtx_hash,
|
3143 |
|
|
const_desc_rtx_eq, NULL);
|
3144 |
|
|
pool->first = NULL;
|
3145 |
|
|
pool->last = NULL;
|
3146 |
|
|
pool->offset = 0;
|
3147 |
|
|
return pool;
|
3148 |
|
|
}
|
3149 |
|
|
|
3150 |
|
|
/* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
|
3151 |
|
|
|
3152 |
|
|
void
|
3153 |
|
|
init_varasm_status (struct function *f)
|
3154 |
|
|
{
|
3155 |
|
|
struct varasm_status *p;
|
3156 |
|
|
|
3157 |
|
|
p = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct varasm_status));
|
3158 |
|
|
f->varasm = p;
|
3159 |
|
|
|
3160 |
|
|
p->pool = create_constant_pool ();
|
3161 |
|
|
p->deferred_constants = 0;
|
3162 |
|
|
}
|
3163 |
|
|
|
3164 |
|
|
/* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
|
3165 |
|
|
include the same symbol. */
|
3166 |
|
|
|
3167 |
|
|
rtx
|
3168 |
|
|
simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
|
3169 |
|
|
{
|
3170 |
|
|
rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
|
3171 |
|
|
return r ? r : x;
|
3172 |
|
|
}
|
3173 |
|
|
|
3174 |
|
|
/* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
|
3175 |
|
|
and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. */
|
3176 |
|
|
|
3177 |
|
|
rtx
|
3178 |
|
|
force_const_mem (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
|
3179 |
|
|
{
|
3180 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
|
3181 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
|
3182 |
|
|
char label[256];
|
3183 |
|
|
rtx def, symbol;
|
3184 |
|
|
hashval_t hash;
|
3185 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
3186 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
3187 |
|
|
|
3188 |
|
|
/* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
|
3189 |
|
|
if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (x))
|
3190 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
3191 |
|
|
|
3192 |
|
|
/* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
|
3193 |
|
|
current_function_uses_const_pool = 1;
|
3194 |
|
|
|
3195 |
|
|
/* Decide which pool to use. */
|
3196 |
|
|
pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
|
3197 |
|
|
? shared_constant_pool
|
3198 |
|
|
: cfun->varasm->pool);
|
3199 |
|
|
|
3200 |
|
|
/* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
|
3201 |
|
|
tmp.constant = x;
|
3202 |
|
|
tmp.mode = mode;
|
3203 |
|
|
hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
|
3204 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (pool->const_rtx_htab, &tmp, hash, INSERT);
|
3205 |
|
|
desc = *slot;
|
3206 |
|
|
|
3207 |
|
|
/* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
|
3208 |
|
|
if (desc)
|
3209 |
|
|
return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
|
3210 |
|
|
|
3211 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
|
3212 |
|
|
desc = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*desc));
|
3213 |
|
|
*slot = desc;
|
3214 |
|
|
|
3215 |
|
|
/* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
|
3216 |
|
|
align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
|
3217 |
|
|
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
3218 |
|
|
{
|
3219 |
|
|
tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0);
|
3220 |
|
|
if (type != NULL_TREE)
|
3221 |
|
|
align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (make_tree (type, x), align);
|
3222 |
|
|
}
|
3223 |
|
|
#endif
|
3224 |
|
|
|
3225 |
|
|
pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
|
3226 |
|
|
pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
|
3227 |
|
|
|
3228 |
|
|
desc->next = NULL;
|
3229 |
|
|
desc->constant = tmp.constant;
|
3230 |
|
|
desc->offset = pool->offset;
|
3231 |
|
|
desc->hash = hash;
|
3232 |
|
|
desc->mode = mode;
|
3233 |
|
|
desc->align = align;
|
3234 |
|
|
desc->labelno = const_labelno;
|
3235 |
|
|
desc->mark = 0;
|
3236 |
|
|
|
3237 |
|
|
pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
3238 |
|
|
if (pool->last)
|
3239 |
|
|
pool->last->next = desc;
|
3240 |
|
|
else
|
3241 |
|
|
pool->first = pool->last = desc;
|
3242 |
|
|
pool->last = desc;
|
3243 |
|
|
|
3244 |
|
|
/* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
|
3245 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
|
3246 |
|
|
++const_labelno;
|
3247 |
|
|
|
3248 |
|
|
/* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
|
3249 |
|
|
the constants pool. */
|
3250 |
|
|
if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
|
3251 |
|
|
{
|
3252 |
|
|
section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
|
3253 |
|
|
symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
|
3254 |
|
|
get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
|
3255 |
|
|
}
|
3256 |
|
|
else
|
3257 |
|
|
symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
|
3258 |
|
|
desc->sym = symbol;
|
3259 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
3260 |
|
|
CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
|
3261 |
|
|
SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
|
3262 |
|
|
|
3263 |
|
|
/* Construct the MEM. */
|
3264 |
|
|
desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
|
3265 |
|
|
set_mem_attributes (def, lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0), 1);
|
3266 |
|
|
set_mem_align (def, align);
|
3267 |
|
|
|
3268 |
|
|
/* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
|
3269 |
|
|
don't delete it. */
|
3270 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
|
3271 |
|
|
LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
|
3272 |
|
|
|
3273 |
|
|
return copy_rtx (def);
|
3274 |
|
|
}
|
3275 |
|
|
|
3276 |
|
|
/* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
|
3277 |
|
|
|
3278 |
|
|
rtx
|
3279 |
|
|
get_pool_constant (rtx addr)
|
3280 |
|
|
{
|
3281 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
|
3282 |
|
|
}
|
3283 |
|
|
|
3284 |
|
|
/* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
|
3285 |
|
|
and whether it has been output or not. */
|
3286 |
|
|
|
3287 |
|
|
rtx
|
3288 |
|
|
get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
|
3289 |
|
|
{
|
3290 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
3291 |
|
|
|
3292 |
|
|
desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
|
3293 |
|
|
*pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
|
3294 |
|
|
return desc->constant;
|
3295 |
|
|
}
|
3296 |
|
|
|
3297 |
|
|
/* Similar, return the mode. */
|
3298 |
|
|
|
3299 |
|
|
enum machine_mode
|
3300 |
|
|
get_pool_mode (rtx addr)
|
3301 |
|
|
{
|
3302 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
|
3303 |
|
|
}
|
3304 |
|
|
|
3305 |
|
|
/* Return the size of the constant pool. */
|
3306 |
|
|
|
3307 |
|
|
int
|
3308 |
|
|
get_pool_size (void)
|
3309 |
|
|
{
|
3310 |
|
|
return cfun->varasm->pool->offset;
|
3311 |
|
|
}
|
3312 |
|
|
|
3313 |
|
|
/* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
|
3314 |
|
|
in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
|
3315 |
|
|
|
3316 |
|
|
static void
|
3317 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_2 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
|
3318 |
|
|
{
|
3319 |
|
|
switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
|
3320 |
|
|
{
|
3321 |
|
|
case MODE_FLOAT:
|
3322 |
|
|
case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
|
3323 |
|
|
{
|
3324 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
3325 |
|
|
|
3326 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE);
|
3327 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
|
3328 |
|
|
assemble_real (r, mode, align);
|
3329 |
|
|
break;
|
3330 |
|
|
}
|
3331 |
|
|
|
3332 |
|
|
case MODE_INT:
|
3333 |
|
|
case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
|
3334 |
|
|
assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
|
3335 |
|
|
break;
|
3336 |
|
|
|
3337 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
|
3338 |
|
|
case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
|
3339 |
|
|
{
|
3340 |
|
|
int i, units;
|
3341 |
|
|
enum machine_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
|
3342 |
|
|
unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
|
3343 |
|
|
|
3344 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
3345 |
|
|
units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
|
3346 |
|
|
|
3347 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
|
3348 |
|
|
{
|
3349 |
|
|
rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
|
3350 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
|
3351 |
|
|
}
|
3352 |
|
|
}
|
3353 |
|
|
break;
|
3354 |
|
|
|
3355 |
|
|
default:
|
3356 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
3357 |
|
|
}
|
3358 |
|
|
}
|
3359 |
|
|
|
3360 |
|
|
/* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
|
3361 |
|
|
giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
|
3362 |
|
|
|
3363 |
|
|
static void
|
3364 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
|
3365 |
|
|
unsigned int align)
|
3366 |
|
|
{
|
3367 |
|
|
rtx x, tmp;
|
3368 |
|
|
|
3369 |
|
|
x = desc->constant;
|
3370 |
|
|
|
3371 |
|
|
/* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
|
3372 |
|
|
whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
|
3373 |
|
|
is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
|
3374 |
|
|
instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
|
3375 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
|
3376 |
|
|
/* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
|
3377 |
|
|
not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
|
3378 |
|
|
functioning even with INSN_DELETED_P and friends. */
|
3379 |
|
|
|
3380 |
|
|
tmp = x;
|
3381 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
3382 |
|
|
{
|
3383 |
|
|
case CONST:
|
3384 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != PLUS
|
3385 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
|
3386 |
|
|
break;
|
3387 |
|
|
tmp = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
|
3388 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
3389 |
|
|
|
3390 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
3391 |
|
|
tmp = XEXP (x, 0);
|
3392 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (tmp));
|
3393 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (tmp)
|
3394 |
|
|
|| NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (tmp) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
|
3395 |
|
|
break;
|
3396 |
|
|
|
3397 |
|
|
default:
|
3398 |
|
|
break;
|
3399 |
|
|
}
|
3400 |
|
|
|
3401 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
|
3402 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
|
3403 |
|
|
align, desc->labelno, done);
|
3404 |
|
|
#endif
|
3405 |
|
|
|
3406 |
|
|
assemble_align (align);
|
3407 |
|
|
|
3408 |
|
|
/* Output the label. */
|
3409 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
|
3410 |
|
|
|
3411 |
|
|
/* Output the data. */
|
3412 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, align);
|
3413 |
|
|
|
3414 |
|
|
/* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
|
3415 |
|
|
sections have proper size. */
|
3416 |
|
|
if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
|
3417 |
|
|
&& in_section
|
3418 |
|
|
&& (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
|
3419 |
|
|
assemble_align (align);
|
3420 |
|
|
|
3421 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
|
3422 |
|
|
done:
|
3423 |
|
|
#endif
|
3424 |
|
|
return;
|
3425 |
|
|
}
|
3426 |
|
|
|
3427 |
|
|
/* Given a SYMBOL_REF CURRENT_RTX, mark it and all constants it refers
|
3428 |
|
|
to as used. Emit referenced deferred strings. This function can
|
3429 |
|
|
be used with for_each_rtx to mark all SYMBOL_REFs in an rtx. */
|
3430 |
|
|
|
3431 |
|
|
static int
|
3432 |
|
|
mark_constant (rtx *current_rtx, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
3433 |
|
|
{
|
3434 |
|
|
rtx x = *current_rtx;
|
3435 |
|
|
|
3436 |
|
|
if (x == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
|
3437 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3438 |
|
|
|
3439 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
|
3440 |
|
|
{
|
3441 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
|
3442 |
|
|
if (desc->mark == 0)
|
3443 |
|
|
{
|
3444 |
|
|
desc->mark = 1;
|
3445 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&desc->constant, mark_constant, NULL);
|
3446 |
|
|
}
|
3447 |
|
|
}
|
3448 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
|
3449 |
|
|
{
|
3450 |
|
|
tree exp = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
|
3451 |
|
|
if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
|
3452 |
|
|
{
|
3453 |
|
|
n_deferred_constants--;
|
3454 |
|
|
output_constant_def_contents (x);
|
3455 |
|
|
}
|
3456 |
|
|
}
|
3457 |
|
|
|
3458 |
|
|
return -1;
|
3459 |
|
|
}
|
3460 |
|
|
|
3461 |
|
|
/* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
|
3462 |
|
|
constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
|
3463 |
|
|
referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
|
3464 |
|
|
deferred strings that are used. */
|
3465 |
|
|
|
3466 |
|
|
static void
|
3467 |
|
|
mark_constants (rtx insn)
|
3468 |
|
|
{
|
3469 |
|
|
if (!INSN_P (insn))
|
3470 |
|
|
return;
|
3471 |
|
|
|
3472 |
|
|
/* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
|
3473 |
|
|
insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
|
3474 |
|
|
a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
|
3475 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
|
3476 |
|
|
{
|
3477 |
|
|
rtx seq = PATTERN (insn);
|
3478 |
|
|
int i, n = XVECLEN (seq, 0);
|
3479 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
3480 |
|
|
{
|
3481 |
|
|
rtx subinsn = XVECEXP (seq, 0, i);
|
3482 |
|
|
if (INSN_P (subinsn))
|
3483 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (subinsn), mark_constant, NULL);
|
3484 |
|
|
}
|
3485 |
|
|
}
|
3486 |
|
|
else
|
3487 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), mark_constant, NULL);
|
3488 |
|
|
}
|
3489 |
|
|
|
3490 |
|
|
/* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
|
3491 |
|
|
entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
|
3492 |
|
|
which have indeed been used. */
|
3493 |
|
|
|
3494 |
|
|
static void
|
3495 |
|
|
mark_constant_pool (void)
|
3496 |
|
|
{
|
3497 |
|
|
rtx insn, link;
|
3498 |
|
|
|
3499 |
|
|
if (!current_function_uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
|
3500 |
|
|
return;
|
3501 |
|
|
|
3502 |
|
|
for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
3503 |
|
|
mark_constants (insn);
|
3504 |
|
|
|
3505 |
|
|
for (link = current_function_epilogue_delay_list;
|
3506 |
|
|
link;
|
3507 |
|
|
link = XEXP (link, 1))
|
3508 |
|
|
mark_constants (XEXP (link, 0));
|
3509 |
|
|
}
|
3510 |
|
|
|
3511 |
|
|
/* Write all the constants in POOL. */
|
3512 |
|
|
|
3513 |
|
|
static void
|
3514 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
|
3515 |
|
|
{
|
3516 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
3517 |
|
|
|
3518 |
|
|
for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
|
3519 |
|
|
if (desc->mark)
|
3520 |
|
|
{
|
3521 |
|
|
/* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
|
3522 |
|
|
the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
|
3523 |
|
|
write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
|
3524 |
|
|
that later. */
|
3525 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
|
3526 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
|
3527 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
|
3528 |
|
|
else
|
3529 |
|
|
{
|
3530 |
|
|
switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
|
3531 |
|
|
(desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
|
3532 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
|
3533 |
|
|
}
|
3534 |
|
|
}
|
3535 |
|
|
}
|
3536 |
|
|
|
3537 |
|
|
/* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
|
3538 |
|
|
out the function's private constant pool. */
|
3539 |
|
|
|
3540 |
|
|
static void
|
3541 |
|
|
output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
3542 |
|
|
tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
3543 |
|
|
{
|
3544 |
|
|
struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = cfun->varasm->pool;
|
3545 |
|
|
|
3546 |
|
|
/* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
|
3547 |
|
|
discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
|
3548 |
|
|
case we do not need to output the constant. */
|
3549 |
|
|
mark_constant_pool ();
|
3550 |
|
|
|
3551 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
|
3552 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
|
3553 |
|
|
#endif
|
3554 |
|
|
|
3555 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
|
3556 |
|
|
|
3557 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
|
3558 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
|
3559 |
|
|
#endif
|
3560 |
|
|
}
|
3561 |
|
|
|
3562 |
|
|
/* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
|
3563 |
|
|
|
3564 |
|
|
void
|
3565 |
|
|
output_shared_constant_pool (void)
|
3566 |
|
|
{
|
3567 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
|
3568 |
|
|
}
|
3569 |
|
|
|
3570 |
|
|
/* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
|
3571 |
|
|
|
3572 |
|
|
int
|
3573 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
|
3574 |
|
|
{
|
3575 |
|
|
int reloc = 0, reloc2;
|
3576 |
|
|
tree tem;
|
3577 |
|
|
|
3578 |
|
|
/* Give the front-end a chance to convert VALUE to something that
|
3579 |
|
|
looks more like a constant to the back-end. */
|
3580 |
|
|
exp = lang_hooks.expand_constant (exp);
|
3581 |
|
|
|
3582 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
3583 |
|
|
{
|
3584 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
3585 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
3586 |
|
|
/* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
|
3587 |
|
|
if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
|
3588 |
|
|
addresses of variables or functions. */
|
3589 |
|
|
for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
|
3590 |
|
|
tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
|
3591 |
|
|
;
|
3592 |
|
|
|
3593 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (tem))
|
3594 |
|
|
reloc |= 2;
|
3595 |
|
|
else
|
3596 |
|
|
reloc |= 1;
|
3597 |
|
|
break;
|
3598 |
|
|
|
3599 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
3600 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
3601 |
|
|
reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
3602 |
|
|
break;
|
3603 |
|
|
|
3604 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
3605 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
3606 |
|
|
reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
3607 |
|
|
/* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
|
3608 |
|
|
if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
|
3609 |
|
|
reloc = 0;
|
3610 |
|
|
else
|
3611 |
|
|
reloc |= reloc2;
|
3612 |
|
|
break;
|
3613 |
|
|
|
3614 |
|
|
case NOP_EXPR:
|
3615 |
|
|
case CONVERT_EXPR:
|
3616 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
3617 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
3618 |
|
|
reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
3619 |
|
|
break;
|
3620 |
|
|
|
3621 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
3622 |
|
|
{
|
3623 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
3624 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
|
3625 |
|
|
if (tem != 0)
|
3626 |
|
|
reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
|
3627 |
|
|
}
|
3628 |
|
|
break;
|
3629 |
|
|
|
3630 |
|
|
default:
|
3631 |
|
|
break;
|
3632 |
|
|
}
|
3633 |
|
|
return reloc;
|
3634 |
|
|
}
|
3635 |
|
|
|
3636 |
|
|
/* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
|
3637 |
|
|
and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
|
3638 |
|
|
Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
|
3639 |
|
|
|
3640 |
|
|
static void
|
3641 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
|
3642 |
|
|
{
|
3643 |
|
|
tree tem;
|
3644 |
|
|
|
3645 |
|
|
/* Give the front-end a chance to convert VALUE to something that
|
3646 |
|
|
looks more like a constant to the back-end. */
|
3647 |
|
|
exp = lang_hooks.expand_constant (exp);
|
3648 |
|
|
|
3649 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
3650 |
|
|
{
|
3651 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
3652 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
3653 |
|
|
/* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
|
3654 |
|
|
if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
|
3655 |
|
|
addresses of variables or functions. */
|
3656 |
|
|
for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
|
3657 |
|
|
tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
|
3658 |
|
|
;
|
3659 |
|
|
|
3660 |
|
|
/* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
|
3661 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
|
3662 |
|
|
tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
|
3663 |
|
|
|
3664 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
3665 |
|
|
output_constant_def (tem, 0);
|
3666 |
|
|
break;
|
3667 |
|
|
|
3668 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
3669 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
3670 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
|
3671 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
3672 |
|
|
|
3673 |
|
|
case NOP_EXPR:
|
3674 |
|
|
case CONVERT_EXPR:
|
3675 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
3676 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
3677 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
3678 |
|
|
break;
|
3679 |
|
|
|
3680 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
3681 |
|
|
{
|
3682 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
3683 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
|
3684 |
|
|
if (tem != 0)
|
3685 |
|
|
output_addressed_constants (tem);
|
3686 |
|
|
}
|
3687 |
|
|
break;
|
3688 |
|
|
|
3689 |
|
|
default:
|
3690 |
|
|
break;
|
3691 |
|
|
}
|
3692 |
|
|
}
|
3693 |
|
|
|
3694 |
|
|
/* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
|
3695 |
|
|
its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
|
3696 |
|
|
and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
|
3697 |
|
|
evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
|
3698 |
|
|
|
3699 |
|
|
bool
|
3700 |
|
|
constructor_static_from_elts_p (tree ctor)
|
3701 |
|
|
{
|
3702 |
|
|
return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
|
3703 |
|
|
&& (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
|
3704 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE)
|
3705 |
|
|
&& !VEC_empty (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (ctor)));
|
3706 |
|
|
}
|
3707 |
|
|
|
3708 |
|
|
/* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
|
3709 |
|
|
for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
|
3710 |
|
|
element of a "constant" initializer.
|
3711 |
|
|
|
3712 |
|
|
Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
|
3713 |
|
|
if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
|
3714 |
|
|
We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
|
3715 |
|
|
therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
|
3716 |
|
|
arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
|
3717 |
|
|
|
3718 |
|
|
tree
|
3719 |
|
|
initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype)
|
3720 |
|
|
{
|
3721 |
|
|
/* Give the front-end a chance to convert VALUE to something that
|
3722 |
|
|
looks more like a constant to the back-end. */
|
3723 |
|
|
value = lang_hooks.expand_constant (value);
|
3724 |
|
|
|
3725 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (value))
|
3726 |
|
|
{
|
3727 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
3728 |
|
|
if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
|
3729 |
|
|
{
|
3730 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
|
3731 |
|
|
tree elt;
|
3732 |
|
|
bool absolute = true;
|
3733 |
|
|
|
3734 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
|
3735 |
|
|
{
|
3736 |
|
|
tree reloc;
|
3737 |
|
|
reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt));
|
3738 |
|
|
if (!reloc)
|
3739 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
3740 |
|
|
if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
|
3741 |
|
|
absolute = false;
|
3742 |
|
|
}
|
3743 |
|
|
/* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
|
3744 |
|
|
variable that can be "the variable that determines the
|
3745 |
|
|
relocation." */
|
3746 |
|
|
return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
|
3747 |
|
|
}
|
3748 |
|
|
|
3749 |
|
|
return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
|
3750 |
|
|
|
3751 |
|
|
case INTEGER_CST:
|
3752 |
|
|
case VECTOR_CST:
|
3753 |
|
|
case REAL_CST:
|
3754 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
3755 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_CST:
|
3756 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3757 |
|
|
|
3758 |
|
|
case ADDR_EXPR:
|
3759 |
|
|
case FDESC_EXPR:
|
3760 |
|
|
value = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
|
3761 |
|
|
if (value)
|
3762 |
|
|
{
|
3763 |
|
|
/* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out to
|
3764 |
|
|
be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
|
3765 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (value) == INDIRECT_REF
|
3766 |
|
|
&& TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0)))
|
3767 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3768 |
|
|
/* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline. */
|
3769 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (value) == FUNCTION_DECL
|
3770 |
|
|
&& ((decl_function_context (value)
|
3771 |
|
|
&& !DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (value))
|
3772 |
|
|
|| DECL_DLLIMPORT_P (value)))
|
3773 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
3774 |
|
|
/* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
|
3775 |
|
|
object. */
|
3776 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
3777 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
3778 |
|
|
}
|
3779 |
|
|
return value;
|
3780 |
|
|
|
3781 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
3782 |
|
|
case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
|
3783 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0), endtype);
|
3784 |
|
|
|
3785 |
|
|
case CONVERT_EXPR:
|
3786 |
|
|
case NOP_EXPR:
|
3787 |
|
|
{
|
3788 |
|
|
tree src;
|
3789 |
|
|
tree src_type;
|
3790 |
|
|
tree dest_type;
|
3791 |
|
|
|
3792 |
|
|
src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
|
3793 |
|
|
src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
|
3794 |
|
|
dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
|
3795 |
|
|
|
3796 |
|
|
/* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
|
3797 |
|
|
types, and offset types. */
|
3798 |
|
|
if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
3799 |
|
|
|| (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
3800 |
|
|
|| (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
|
3801 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
|
3802 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p (src, endtype);
|
3803 |
|
|
|
3804 |
|
|
/* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
|
3805 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
|
3806 |
|
|
&& (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
|
3807 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p (src, endtype);
|
3808 |
|
|
|
3809 |
|
|
/* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
|
3810 |
|
|
explicit value. */
|
3811 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
3812 |
|
|
{
|
3813 |
|
|
tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p (src, endtype);
|
3814 |
|
|
if (inner == null_pointer_node)
|
3815 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3816 |
|
|
break;
|
3817 |
|
|
}
|
3818 |
|
|
|
3819 |
|
|
/* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
|
3820 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
|
3821 |
|
|
&& (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
|
3822 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p (src, endtype);
|
3823 |
|
|
|
3824 |
|
|
/* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
|
3825 |
|
|
conversions from 0. */
|
3826 |
|
|
if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
|
3827 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
|
3828 |
|
|
&& INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
|
3829 |
|
|
{
|
3830 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
|
3831 |
|
|
&& TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
|
3832 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3833 |
|
|
if (integer_zerop (src))
|
3834 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3835 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
|
3836 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p (src, endtype);
|
3837 |
|
|
}
|
3838 |
|
|
|
3839 |
|
|
/* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
|
3840 |
|
|
inside is okay. */
|
3841 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
|
3842 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
|
3843 |
|
|
return initializer_constant_valid_p (src, endtype);
|
3844 |
|
|
}
|
3845 |
|
|
break;
|
3846 |
|
|
|
3847 |
|
|
case PLUS_EXPR:
|
3848 |
|
|
if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
|
3849 |
|
|
|| TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= POINTER_SIZE)
|
3850 |
|
|
{
|
3851 |
|
|
tree valid0 = initializer_constant_valid_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
|
3852 |
|
|
endtype);
|
3853 |
|
|
tree valid1 = initializer_constant_valid_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
|
3854 |
|
|
endtype);
|
3855 |
|
|
/* If either term is absolute, use the other terms relocation. */
|
3856 |
|
|
if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
|
3857 |
|
|
return valid1;
|
3858 |
|
|
if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
|
3859 |
|
|
return valid0;
|
3860 |
|
|
}
|
3861 |
|
|
break;
|
3862 |
|
|
|
3863 |
|
|
case MINUS_EXPR:
|
3864 |
|
|
if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
|
3865 |
|
|
|| TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= POINTER_SIZE)
|
3866 |
|
|
{
|
3867 |
|
|
tree valid0 = initializer_constant_valid_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
|
3868 |
|
|
endtype);
|
3869 |
|
|
tree valid1 = initializer_constant_valid_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
|
3870 |
|
|
endtype);
|
3871 |
|
|
/* Win if second argument is absolute. */
|
3872 |
|
|
if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
|
3873 |
|
|
return valid0;
|
3874 |
|
|
/* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
|
3875 |
|
|
Then the value is absolute. */
|
3876 |
|
|
if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
|
3877 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3878 |
|
|
|
3879 |
|
|
/* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
|
3880 |
|
|
generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
|
3881 |
|
|
constant string is absolute. */
|
3882 |
|
|
if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
|
3883 |
|
|
&& valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
|
3884 |
|
|
&& operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
|
3885 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3886 |
|
|
}
|
3887 |
|
|
|
3888 |
|
|
/* Support narrowing differences. */
|
3889 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
|
3890 |
|
|
{
|
3891 |
|
|
tree op0, op1;
|
3892 |
|
|
|
3893 |
|
|
op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
|
3894 |
|
|
op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
|
3895 |
|
|
|
3896 |
|
|
/* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen.
|
3897 |
|
|
This works around a feature of fold that simplifies
|
3898 |
|
|
(int)(p1 - p2) to ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory
|
3899 |
|
|
that the narrower operation is cheaper. */
|
3900 |
|
|
|
3901 |
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (op0) == NOP_EXPR
|
3902 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (op0) == CONVERT_EXPR
|
3903 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
|
3904 |
|
|
{
|
3905 |
|
|
tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
|
3906 |
|
|
if (inner == error_mark_node
|
3907 |
|
|
|| ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
|
3908 |
|
|
|| (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
|
3909 |
|
|
> GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
|
3910 |
|
|
break;
|
3911 |
|
|
op0 = inner;
|
3912 |
|
|
}
|
3913 |
|
|
|
3914 |
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (op1) == NOP_EXPR
|
3915 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (op1) == CONVERT_EXPR
|
3916 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
|
3917 |
|
|
{
|
3918 |
|
|
tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
|
3919 |
|
|
if (inner == error_mark_node
|
3920 |
|
|
|| ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
|
3921 |
|
|
|| (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
|
3922 |
|
|
> GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
|
3923 |
|
|
break;
|
3924 |
|
|
op1 = inner;
|
3925 |
|
|
}
|
3926 |
|
|
|
3927 |
|
|
op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p (op0, endtype);
|
3928 |
|
|
op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p (op1, endtype);
|
3929 |
|
|
|
3930 |
|
|
/* Both initializers must be known. */
|
3931 |
|
|
if (op0 && op1)
|
3932 |
|
|
{
|
3933 |
|
|
if (op0 == op1)
|
3934 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3935 |
|
|
|
3936 |
|
|
/* Support differences between labels. */
|
3937 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
|
3938 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
|
3939 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3940 |
|
|
|
3941 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
|
3942 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
|
3943 |
|
|
&& operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
|
3944 |
|
|
return null_pointer_node;
|
3945 |
|
|
}
|
3946 |
|
|
}
|
3947 |
|
|
break;
|
3948 |
|
|
|
3949 |
|
|
default:
|
3950 |
|
|
break;
|
3951 |
|
|
}
|
3952 |
|
|
|
3953 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3954 |
|
|
}
|
3955 |
|
|
|
3956 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code for constant EXP to FILE, with no label.
|
3957 |
|
|
This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
|
3958 |
|
|
Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
|
3959 |
|
|
|
3960 |
|
|
Generate exactly SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
|
3961 |
|
|
with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified.
|
3962 |
|
|
|
3963 |
|
|
SIZE is important for structure constructors,
|
3964 |
|
|
since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
|
3965 |
|
|
It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
|
3966 |
|
|
since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
|
3967 |
|
|
It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
|
3968 |
|
|
type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
|
3969 |
|
|
|
3970 |
|
|
There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
|
3971 |
|
|
for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
|
3972 |
|
|
But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
|
3973 |
|
|
|
3974 |
|
|
ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits. */
|
3975 |
|
|
|
3976 |
|
|
void
|
3977 |
|
|
output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align)
|
3978 |
|
|
{
|
3979 |
|
|
enum tree_code code;
|
3980 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
|
3981 |
|
|
|
3982 |
|
|
/* Some front-ends use constants other than the standard language-independent
|
3983 |
|
|
varieties, but which may still be output directly. Give the front-end a
|
3984 |
|
|
chance to convert EXP to a language-independent representation. */
|
3985 |
|
|
exp = lang_hooks.expand_constant (exp);
|
3986 |
|
|
|
3987 |
|
|
if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
|
3988 |
|
|
return;
|
3989 |
|
|
|
3990 |
|
|
/* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
|
3991 |
|
|
to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
|
3992 |
|
|
the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
|
3993 |
|
|
resolving it. */
|
3994 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
|
3995 |
|
|
&& POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
|
3996 |
|
|
&& targetm.valid_pointer_mode (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))))
|
3997 |
|
|
{
|
3998 |
|
|
tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
|
3999 |
|
|
|
4000 |
|
|
/* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
|
4001 |
|
|
pointer modes. */
|
4002 |
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
|
4003 |
|
|
&& POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
|
4004 |
|
|
&& targetm.valid_pointer_mode (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))))
|
4005 |
|
|
exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
4006 |
|
|
|
4007 |
|
|
/* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
|
4008 |
|
|
convert the address to the final type and output it that
|
4009 |
|
|
way. */
|
4010 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
|
4011 |
|
|
exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
|
4012 |
|
|
/* Likewise for constant ints. */
|
4013 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
|
4014 |
|
|
exp = build_int_cst_wide (saved_type, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp),
|
4015 |
|
|
TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp));
|
4016 |
|
|
|
4017 |
|
|
}
|
4018 |
|
|
|
4019 |
|
|
/* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
|
4020 |
|
|
constant. */
|
4021 |
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR
|
4022 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
|
4023 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
|
4024 |
|
|
{
|
4025 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
4026 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
|
4027 |
|
|
|
4028 |
|
|
/* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
|
4029 |
|
|
VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
|
4030 |
|
|
union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
|
4031 |
|
|
if (type_size > op_size
|
4032 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
|
4033 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
|
4034 |
|
|
/* Keep the conversion. */
|
4035 |
|
|
break;
|
4036 |
|
|
else
|
4037 |
|
|
exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
4038 |
|
|
}
|
4039 |
|
|
|
4040 |
|
|
code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
4041 |
|
|
thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
|
4042 |
|
|
|
4043 |
|
|
/* Give the front end another chance to expand constants. */
|
4044 |
|
|
exp = lang_hooks.expand_constant (exp);
|
4045 |
|
|
|
4046 |
|
|
/* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
|
4047 |
|
|
This means to fill the space with zeros. */
|
4048 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
|
4049 |
|
|
&& VEC_empty (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
|
4050 |
|
|
{
|
4051 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (size);
|
4052 |
|
|
return;
|
4053 |
|
|
}
|
4054 |
|
|
|
4055 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
|
4056 |
|
|
{
|
4057 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
|
4058 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0);
|
4059 |
|
|
tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
|
4060 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
|
4061 |
|
|
#else
|
4062 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
4063 |
|
|
#endif
|
4064 |
|
|
return;
|
4065 |
|
|
}
|
4066 |
|
|
|
4067 |
|
|
/* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
|
4068 |
|
|
Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
|
4069 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
4070 |
|
|
{
|
4071 |
|
|
case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
|
4072 |
|
|
case INTEGER_TYPE:
|
4073 |
|
|
case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
|
4074 |
|
|
case POINTER_TYPE:
|
4075 |
|
|
case REFERENCE_TYPE:
|
4076 |
|
|
case OFFSET_TYPE:
|
4077 |
|
|
if (! assemble_integer (expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
|
4078 |
|
|
EXPAND_INITIALIZER),
|
4079 |
|
|
MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
|
4080 |
|
|
error ("initializer for integer value is too complicated");
|
4081 |
|
|
break;
|
4082 |
|
|
|
4083 |
|
|
case REAL_TYPE:
|
4084 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
|
4085 |
|
|
error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
|
4086 |
|
|
|
4087 |
|
|
assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), align);
|
4088 |
|
|
break;
|
4089 |
|
|
|
4090 |
|
|
case COMPLEX_TYPE:
|
4091 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align);
|
4092 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
|
4093 |
|
|
min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)));
|
4094 |
|
|
break;
|
4095 |
|
|
|
4096 |
|
|
case ARRAY_TYPE:
|
4097 |
|
|
case VECTOR_TYPE:
|
4098 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
|
4099 |
|
|
{
|
4100 |
|
|
case CONSTRUCTOR:
|
4101 |
|
|
output_constructor (exp, size, align);
|
4102 |
|
|
return;
|
4103 |
|
|
case STRING_CST:
|
4104 |
|
|
thissize = MIN ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp),
|
4105 |
|
|
size);
|
4106 |
|
|
assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
|
4107 |
|
|
break;
|
4108 |
|
|
|
4109 |
|
|
case VECTOR_CST:
|
4110 |
|
|
{
|
4111 |
|
|
int elt_size;
|
4112 |
|
|
tree link;
|
4113 |
|
|
unsigned int nalign;
|
4114 |
|
|
enum machine_mode inner;
|
4115 |
|
|
|
4116 |
|
|
inner = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
|
4117 |
|
|
nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
|
4118 |
|
|
|
4119 |
|
|
elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
|
4120 |
|
|
|
4121 |
|
|
link = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp);
|
4122 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_VALUE (link), elt_size, align);
|
4123 |
|
|
thissize = elt_size;
|
4124 |
|
|
while ((link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) != NULL)
|
4125 |
|
|
{
|
4126 |
|
|
output_constant (TREE_VALUE (link), elt_size, nalign);
|
4127 |
|
|
thissize += elt_size;
|
4128 |
|
|
}
|
4129 |
|
|
break;
|
4130 |
|
|
}
|
4131 |
|
|
default:
|
4132 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
4133 |
|
|
}
|
4134 |
|
|
break;
|
4135 |
|
|
|
4136 |
|
|
case RECORD_TYPE:
|
4137 |
|
|
case UNION_TYPE:
|
4138 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
|
4139 |
|
|
output_constructor (exp, size, align);
|
4140 |
|
|
return;
|
4141 |
|
|
|
4142 |
|
|
case ERROR_MARK:
|
4143 |
|
|
return;
|
4144 |
|
|
|
4145 |
|
|
default:
|
4146 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
4147 |
|
|
}
|
4148 |
|
|
|
4149 |
|
|
if (size > thissize)
|
4150 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
|
4151 |
|
|
}
|
4152 |
|
|
|
4153 |
|
|
|
4154 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
|
4155 |
|
|
arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
|
4156 |
|
|
type with an unspecified upper bound. */
|
4157 |
|
|
|
4158 |
|
|
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
|
4159 |
|
|
array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
|
4160 |
|
|
{
|
4161 |
|
|
tree max_index, i;
|
4162 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
|
4163 |
|
|
tree index, value, tmp;
|
4164 |
|
|
|
4165 |
|
|
/* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
|
4166 |
|
|
arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
|
4167 |
|
|
doing it here. */
|
4168 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
|
4169 |
|
|
return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
|
4170 |
|
|
|
4171 |
|
|
max_index = NULL_TREE;
|
4172 |
|
|
FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
|
4173 |
|
|
{
|
4174 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
|
4175 |
|
|
index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
|
4176 |
|
|
if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
|
4177 |
|
|
max_index = index;
|
4178 |
|
|
}
|
4179 |
|
|
|
4180 |
|
|
if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
|
4181 |
|
|
return 0;
|
4182 |
|
|
|
4183 |
|
|
/* Compute the total number of array elements. */
|
4184 |
|
|
tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
|
4185 |
|
|
i = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, fold_convert (sizetype, max_index),
|
4186 |
|
|
fold_convert (sizetype, tmp));
|
4187 |
|
|
i = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, i, build_int_cst (sizetype, 1));
|
4188 |
|
|
|
4189 |
|
|
/* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
|
4190 |
|
|
i = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, i, TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
|
4191 |
|
|
|
4192 |
|
|
return tree_low_cst (i, 1);
|
4193 |
|
|
}
|
4194 |
|
|
|
4195 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
|
4196 |
|
|
Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. */
|
4197 |
|
|
|
4198 |
|
|
static void
|
4199 |
|
|
output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
|
4200 |
|
|
unsigned int align)
|
4201 |
|
|
{
|
4202 |
|
|
tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
|
4203 |
|
|
tree field = 0;
|
4204 |
|
|
tree min_index = 0;
|
4205 |
|
|
/* Number of bytes output or skipped so far.
|
4206 |
|
|
In other words, current position within the constructor. */
|
4207 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes = 0;
|
4208 |
|
|
/* Nonzero means BYTE contains part of a byte, to be output. */
|
4209 |
|
|
int byte_buffer_in_use = 0;
|
4210 |
|
|
int byte = 0;
|
4211 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
|
4212 |
|
|
constructor_elt *ce;
|
4213 |
|
|
|
4214 |
|
|
gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
4215 |
|
|
|
4216 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
|
4217 |
|
|
field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
|
4218 |
|
|
|
4219 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
|
4220 |
|
|
&& TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != 0)
|
4221 |
|
|
min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
|
4222 |
|
|
|
4223 |
|
|
/* As LINK goes through the elements of the constant,
|
4224 |
|
|
FIELD goes through the structure fields, if the constant is a structure.
|
4225 |
|
|
if the constant is a union, then we override this,
|
4226 |
|
|
by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
|
4227 |
|
|
But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
|
4228 |
|
|
|
4229 |
|
|
There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
|
4230 |
|
|
(even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
|
4231 |
|
|
more one). */
|
4232 |
|
|
for (cnt = 0;
|
4233 |
|
|
VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, ce);
|
4234 |
|
|
cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
|
4235 |
|
|
{
|
4236 |
|
|
tree val = ce->value;
|
4237 |
|
|
tree index = 0;
|
4238 |
|
|
|
4239 |
|
|
/* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
|
4240 |
|
|
or index. */
|
4241 |
|
|
if ((TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE
|
4242 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
|
4243 |
|
|
&& ce->index != 0)
|
4244 |
|
|
field = ce->index;
|
4245 |
|
|
|
4246 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
|
4247 |
|
|
index = ce->index;
|
4248 |
|
|
|
4249 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_COMMENT_START
|
4250 |
|
|
if (field && flag_verbose_asm)
|
4251 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
|
4252 |
|
|
ASM_COMMENT_START,
|
4253 |
|
|
DECL_NAME (field)
|
4254 |
|
|
? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (field))
|
4255 |
|
|
: "<anonymous>");
|
4256 |
|
|
#endif
|
4257 |
|
|
|
4258 |
|
|
/* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
|
4259 |
|
|
if (val != 0)
|
4260 |
|
|
STRIP_NOPS (val);
|
4261 |
|
|
|
4262 |
|
|
if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
|
4263 |
|
|
{
|
4264 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
|
4265 |
|
|
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
|
4266 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
|
4267 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0);
|
4268 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT index;
|
4269 |
|
|
unsigned int align2 = min_align (align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
4270 |
|
|
|
4271 |
|
|
for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
|
4272 |
|
|
{
|
4273 |
|
|
/* Output the element's initial value. */
|
4274 |
|
|
if (val == 0)
|
4275 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
|
4276 |
|
|
else
|
4277 |
|
|
output_constant (val, fieldsize, align2);
|
4278 |
|
|
|
4279 |
|
|
/* Count its size. */
|
4280 |
|
|
total_bytes += fieldsize;
|
4281 |
|
|
}
|
4282 |
|
|
}
|
4283 |
|
|
else if (field == 0 || !DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
|
4284 |
|
|
{
|
4285 |
|
|
/* An element that is not a bit-field. */
|
4286 |
|
|
|
4287 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
|
4288 |
|
|
/* Since this structure is static,
|
4289 |
|
|
we know the positions are constant. */
|
4290 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT pos = field ? int_byte_position (field) : 0;
|
4291 |
|
|
unsigned int align2;
|
4292 |
|
|
|
4293 |
|
|
if (index != 0)
|
4294 |
|
|
pos = (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (val)), 1)
|
4295 |
|
|
* (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - tree_low_cst (min_index, 0)));
|
4296 |
|
|
|
4297 |
|
|
/* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
|
4298 |
|
|
if (byte_buffer_in_use)
|
4299 |
|
|
{
|
4300 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
4301 |
|
|
total_bytes++;
|
4302 |
|
|
byte_buffer_in_use = 0;
|
4303 |
|
|
}
|
4304 |
|
|
|
4305 |
|
|
/* Advance to offset of this element.
|
4306 |
|
|
Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
|
4307 |
|
|
if each element has the proper size. */
|
4308 |
|
|
if ((field != 0 || index != 0) && pos != total_bytes)
|
4309 |
|
|
{
|
4310 |
|
|
gcc_assert (pos >= total_bytes);
|
4311 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (pos - total_bytes);
|
4312 |
|
|
total_bytes = pos;
|
4313 |
|
|
}
|
4314 |
|
|
|
4315 |
|
|
/* Find the alignment of this element. */
|
4316 |
|
|
align2 = min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * pos);
|
4317 |
|
|
|
4318 |
|
|
/* Determine size this element should occupy. */
|
4319 |
|
|
if (field)
|
4320 |
|
|
{
|
4321 |
|
|
fieldsize = 0;
|
4322 |
|
|
|
4323 |
|
|
/* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
|
4324 |
|
|
the initializer determines the size. */
|
4325 |
|
|
/* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
|
4326 |
|
|
but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
|
4327 |
|
|
initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
|
4328 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
|
4329 |
|
|
&& TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
|
4330 |
|
|
&& ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
|
4331 |
|
|
{
|
4332 |
|
|
fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (val);
|
4333 |
|
|
/* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had
|
4334 |
|
|
better be last. */
|
4335 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !TREE_CHAIN (field));
|
4336 |
|
|
}
|
4337 |
|
|
else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field))
|
4338 |
|
|
{
|
4339 |
|
|
/* ??? This can't be right. If the decl size overflows
|
4340 |
|
|
a host integer we will silently emit no data. */
|
4341 |
|
|
if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 1))
|
4342 |
|
|
fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 1);
|
4343 |
|
|
}
|
4344 |
|
|
}
|
4345 |
|
|
else
|
4346 |
|
|
fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
|
4347 |
|
|
|
4348 |
|
|
/* Output the element's initial value. */
|
4349 |
|
|
if (val == 0)
|
4350 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
|
4351 |
|
|
else
|
4352 |
|
|
output_constant (val, fieldsize, align2);
|
4353 |
|
|
|
4354 |
|
|
/* Count its size. */
|
4355 |
|
|
total_bytes += fieldsize;
|
4356 |
|
|
}
|
4357 |
|
|
else if (val != 0 && TREE_CODE (val) != INTEGER_CST)
|
4358 |
|
|
error ("invalid initial value for member %qs",
|
4359 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (field)));
|
4360 |
|
|
else
|
4361 |
|
|
{
|
4362 |
|
|
/* Element that is a bit-field. */
|
4363 |
|
|
|
4364 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = int_bit_position (field);
|
4365 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset
|
4366 |
|
|
= (next_offset + tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (field), 1));
|
4367 |
|
|
|
4368 |
|
|
if (val == 0)
|
4369 |
|
|
val = integer_zero_node;
|
4370 |
|
|
|
4371 |
|
|
/* If this field does not start in this (or, next) byte,
|
4372 |
|
|
skip some bytes. */
|
4373 |
|
|
if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != total_bytes)
|
4374 |
|
|
{
|
4375 |
|
|
/* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
|
4376 |
|
|
if (byte_buffer_in_use)
|
4377 |
|
|
{
|
4378 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
4379 |
|
|
total_bytes++;
|
4380 |
|
|
byte_buffer_in_use = 0;
|
4381 |
|
|
}
|
4382 |
|
|
|
4383 |
|
|
/* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
|
4384 |
|
|
if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != total_bytes)
|
4385 |
|
|
{
|
4386 |
|
|
gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= total_bytes);
|
4387 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - total_bytes);
|
4388 |
|
|
total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
4389 |
|
|
}
|
4390 |
|
|
}
|
4391 |
|
|
|
4392 |
|
|
if (! byte_buffer_in_use)
|
4393 |
|
|
byte = 0;
|
4394 |
|
|
|
4395 |
|
|
/* We must split the element into pieces that fall within
|
4396 |
|
|
separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or
|
4397 |
|
|
following bit-fields. */
|
4398 |
|
|
|
4399 |
|
|
/* next_offset is the offset n fbits from the beginning of
|
4400 |
|
|
the structure to the next bit of this element to be processed.
|
4401 |
|
|
end_offset is the offset of the first bit past the end of
|
4402 |
|
|
this element. */
|
4403 |
|
|
while (next_offset < end_offset)
|
4404 |
|
|
{
|
4405 |
|
|
int this_time;
|
4406 |
|
|
int shift;
|
4407 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT value;
|
4408 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
4409 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
4410 |
|
|
|
4411 |
|
|
/* Advance from byte to byte
|
4412 |
|
|
within this element when necessary. */
|
4413 |
|
|
while (next_byte != total_bytes)
|
4414 |
|
|
{
|
4415 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
4416 |
|
|
total_bytes++;
|
4417 |
|
|
byte = 0;
|
4418 |
|
|
}
|
4419 |
|
|
|
4420 |
|
|
/* Number of bits we can process at once
|
4421 |
|
|
(all part of the same byte). */
|
4422 |
|
|
this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset,
|
4423 |
|
|
BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
|
4424 |
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
4425 |
|
|
{
|
4426 |
|
|
/* On big-endian machine, take the most significant bits
|
4427 |
|
|
first (of the bits that are significant)
|
4428 |
|
|
and put them into bytes from the most significant end. */
|
4429 |
|
|
shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
|
4430 |
|
|
|
4431 |
|
|
/* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
|
4432 |
|
|
the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
|
4433 |
|
|
only select bits from the LOW or HIGH part
|
4434 |
|
|
not from both. */
|
4435 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
4436 |
|
|
&& shift + this_time > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
4437 |
|
|
{
|
4438 |
|
|
this_time = shift + this_time - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
4439 |
|
|
shift = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
4440 |
|
|
}
|
4441 |
|
|
|
4442 |
|
|
/* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
|
4443 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
4444 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (val);
|
4445 |
|
|
else
|
4446 |
|
|
{
|
4447 |
|
|
gcc_assert (shift < 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
4448 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (val);
|
4449 |
|
|
shift -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
4450 |
|
|
}
|
4451 |
|
|
|
4452 |
|
|
/* Get the result. This works only when:
|
4453 |
|
|
1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
4454 |
|
|
byte |= (((value >> shift)
|
4455 |
|
|
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
|
4456 |
|
|
<< (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit));
|
4457 |
|
|
}
|
4458 |
|
|
else
|
4459 |
|
|
{
|
4460 |
|
|
/* On little-endian machines,
|
4461 |
|
|
take first the least significant bits of the value
|
4462 |
|
|
and pack them starting at the least significant
|
4463 |
|
|
bits of the bytes. */
|
4464 |
|
|
shift = next_offset - int_bit_position (field);
|
4465 |
|
|
|
4466 |
|
|
/* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
|
4467 |
|
|
the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
|
4468 |
|
|
only select bits from the LOW or HIGH part
|
4469 |
|
|
not from both. */
|
4470 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
4471 |
|
|
&& shift + this_time > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
4472 |
|
|
this_time = (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - shift);
|
4473 |
|
|
|
4474 |
|
|
/* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
|
4475 |
|
|
if (shift < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
4476 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (val);
|
4477 |
|
|
else
|
4478 |
|
|
{
|
4479 |
|
|
gcc_assert (shift < 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
4480 |
|
|
value = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (val);
|
4481 |
|
|
shift -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
4482 |
|
|
}
|
4483 |
|
|
|
4484 |
|
|
/* Get the result. This works only when:
|
4485 |
|
|
1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
4486 |
|
|
byte |= (((value >> shift)
|
4487 |
|
|
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
|
4488 |
|
|
<< next_bit);
|
4489 |
|
|
}
|
4490 |
|
|
|
4491 |
|
|
next_offset += this_time;
|
4492 |
|
|
byte_buffer_in_use = 1;
|
4493 |
|
|
}
|
4494 |
|
|
}
|
4495 |
|
|
}
|
4496 |
|
|
|
4497 |
|
|
if (byte_buffer_in_use)
|
4498 |
|
|
{
|
4499 |
|
|
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
|
4500 |
|
|
total_bytes++;
|
4501 |
|
|
}
|
4502 |
|
|
|
4503 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)total_bytes < size)
|
4504 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (size - total_bytes);
|
4505 |
|
|
}
|
4506 |
|
|
|
4507 |
|
|
/* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
|
4508 |
|
|
to be emitted. */
|
4509 |
|
|
static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
|
4510 |
|
|
|
4511 |
|
|
/* Mark DECL as weak. */
|
4512 |
|
|
|
4513 |
|
|
static void
|
4514 |
|
|
mark_weak (tree decl)
|
4515 |
|
|
{
|
4516 |
|
|
DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
|
4517 |
|
|
|
4518 |
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
|
4519 |
|
|
&& MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
|
4520 |
|
|
&& XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
|
4521 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
|
4522 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
|
4523 |
|
|
}
|
4524 |
|
|
|
4525 |
|
|
/* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
|
4526 |
|
|
|
4527 |
|
|
void
|
4528 |
|
|
merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
|
4529 |
|
|
{
|
4530 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
|
4531 |
|
|
{
|
4532 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
4533 |
|
|
{
|
4534 |
|
|
tree *pwd;
|
4535 |
|
|
/* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
|
4536 |
|
|
and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
|
4537 |
|
|
for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
|
4538 |
|
|
if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
|
4539 |
|
|
{
|
4540 |
|
|
*pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
|
4541 |
|
|
break;
|
4542 |
|
|
}
|
4543 |
|
|
}
|
4544 |
|
|
return;
|
4545 |
|
|
}
|
4546 |
|
|
|
4547 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
|
4548 |
|
|
{
|
4549 |
|
|
tree wd;
|
4550 |
|
|
|
4551 |
|
|
/* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
|
4552 |
|
|
|
4553 |
|
|
/* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
|
4554 |
|
|
go back and make it weak. This error cannot caught in
|
4555 |
|
|
declare_weak because the NEWDECL and OLDDECL was not yet
|
4556 |
|
|
been merged; therefore, TREE_ASM_WRITTEN was not set. */
|
4557 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl))
|
4558 |
|
|
error ("weak declaration of %q+D must precede definition",
|
4559 |
|
|
newdecl);
|
4560 |
|
|
|
4561 |
|
|
/* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
|
4562 |
|
|
have done so in a way that will not function properly with
|
4563 |
|
|
a weak symbol. */
|
4564 |
|
|
else if (TREE_USED (olddecl)
|
4565 |
|
|
&& TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)))
|
4566 |
|
|
warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D after first use results "
|
4567 |
|
|
"in unspecified behavior", newdecl);
|
4568 |
|
|
|
4569 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
4570 |
|
|
{
|
4571 |
|
|
/* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
|
4572 |
|
|
Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
|
4573 |
|
|
for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
|
4574 |
|
|
if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
|
4575 |
|
|
{
|
4576 |
|
|
TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
|
4577 |
|
|
break;
|
4578 |
|
|
}
|
4579 |
|
|
/* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
|
4580 |
|
|
weak alias, then we will have already called
|
4581 |
|
|
globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
|
4582 |
|
|
not need to do anything. */
|
4583 |
|
|
}
|
4584 |
|
|
|
4585 |
|
|
/* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
|
4586 |
|
|
mark_weak (olddecl);
|
4587 |
|
|
}
|
4588 |
|
|
else
|
4589 |
|
|
/* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
|
4590 |
|
|
weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
|
4591 |
|
|
mark_weak (newdecl);
|
4592 |
|
|
}
|
4593 |
|
|
|
4594 |
|
|
/* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
|
4595 |
|
|
|
4596 |
|
|
void
|
4597 |
|
|
declare_weak (tree decl)
|
4598 |
|
|
{
|
4599 |
|
|
if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
4600 |
|
|
error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
|
4601 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
|
4602 |
|
|
error ("weak declaration of %q+D must precede definition", decl);
|
4603 |
|
|
else if (SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
4604 |
|
|
{
|
4605 |
|
|
if (! DECL_WEAK (decl))
|
4606 |
|
|
weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
|
4607 |
|
|
}
|
4608 |
|
|
else
|
4609 |
|
|
warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
|
4610 |
|
|
|
4611 |
|
|
mark_weak (decl);
|
4612 |
|
|
}
|
4613 |
|
|
|
4614 |
|
|
static void
|
4615 |
|
|
weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
|
4616 |
|
|
{
|
4617 |
|
|
#if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
|
4618 |
|
|
const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
4619 |
|
|
#endif
|
4620 |
|
|
|
4621 |
|
|
if (! TREE_USED (decl))
|
4622 |
|
|
return;
|
4623 |
|
|
|
4624 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
4625 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
|
4626 |
|
|
#else
|
4627 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
|
4628 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
4629 |
|
|
#else
|
4630 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
|
4631 |
|
|
{
|
4632 |
|
|
static bool warn_once = 0;
|
4633 |
|
|
if (! warn_once)
|
4634 |
|
|
{
|
4635 |
|
|
warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
|
4636 |
|
|
warn_once = 1;
|
4637 |
|
|
}
|
4638 |
|
|
return;
|
4639 |
|
|
}
|
4640 |
|
|
#endif
|
4641 |
|
|
#endif
|
4642 |
|
|
#endif
|
4643 |
|
|
}
|
4644 |
|
|
|
4645 |
|
|
/* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
|
4646 |
|
|
|
4647 |
|
|
static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
|
4648 |
|
|
|
4649 |
|
|
/* Forward declaration. */
|
4650 |
|
|
static tree find_decl_and_mark_needed (tree decl, tree target);
|
4651 |
|
|
|
4652 |
|
|
/* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
|
4653 |
|
|
|
4654 |
|
|
void
|
4655 |
|
|
weak_finish (void)
|
4656 |
|
|
{
|
4657 |
|
|
tree t;
|
4658 |
|
|
|
4659 |
|
|
for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
4660 |
|
|
{
|
4661 |
|
|
tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
|
4662 |
|
|
tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
|
4663 |
|
|
|
4664 |
|
|
if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl)))
|
4665 |
|
|
/* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
|
4666 |
|
|
the target alone. */
|
4667 |
|
|
target = NULL_TREE;
|
4668 |
|
|
#ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
|
4669 |
|
|
else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
|
4670 |
|
|
{
|
4671 |
|
|
/* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
|
4672 |
|
|
defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use a
|
4673 |
|
|
different macros. */
|
4674 |
|
|
# if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
4675 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
4676 |
|
|
# else
|
4677 |
|
|
tree decl = find_decl_and_mark_needed (alias_decl, target);
|
4678 |
|
|
|
4679 |
|
|
if (! decl)
|
4680 |
|
|
{
|
4681 |
|
|
decl = build_decl (TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
|
4682 |
|
|
TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
|
4683 |
|
|
|
4684 |
|
|
DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
|
4685 |
|
|
TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
|
4686 |
|
|
DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
|
4687 |
|
|
TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
|
4688 |
|
|
TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
|
4689 |
|
|
}
|
4690 |
|
|
|
4691 |
|
|
weak_finish_1 (decl);
|
4692 |
|
|
# endif
|
4693 |
|
|
}
|
4694 |
|
|
#endif
|
4695 |
|
|
|
4696 |
|
|
{
|
4697 |
|
|
tree *p;
|
4698 |
|
|
tree t2;
|
4699 |
|
|
|
4700 |
|
|
/* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
|
4701 |
|
|
so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
|
4702 |
|
|
nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
|
4703 |
|
|
for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
|
4704 |
|
|
{
|
4705 |
|
|
if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
|
4706 |
|
|
|| target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
|
4707 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
4708 |
|
|
else
|
4709 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
4710 |
|
|
}
|
4711 |
|
|
|
4712 |
|
|
/* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
|
4713 |
|
|
for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
|
4714 |
|
|
{
|
4715 |
|
|
if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
|
4716 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
4717 |
|
|
else
|
4718 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
|
4719 |
|
|
}
|
4720 |
|
|
}
|
4721 |
|
|
}
|
4722 |
|
|
|
4723 |
|
|
for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
4724 |
|
|
{
|
4725 |
|
|
tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
|
4726 |
|
|
|
4727 |
|
|
weak_finish_1 (decl);
|
4728 |
|
|
}
|
4729 |
|
|
}
|
4730 |
|
|
|
4731 |
|
|
/* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
|
4732 |
|
|
|
4733 |
|
|
static void
|
4734 |
|
|
globalize_decl (tree decl)
|
4735 |
|
|
{
|
4736 |
|
|
const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
|
4737 |
|
|
|
4738 |
|
|
#if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
|
4739 |
|
|
if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
|
4740 |
|
|
{
|
4741 |
|
|
tree *p, t;
|
4742 |
|
|
|
4743 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
4744 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
|
4745 |
|
|
#else
|
4746 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
|
4747 |
|
|
#endif
|
4748 |
|
|
|
4749 |
|
|
/* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
|
4750 |
|
|
we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
|
4751 |
|
|
for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
|
4752 |
|
|
{
|
4753 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
4754 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4755 |
|
|
else
|
4756 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4757 |
|
|
}
|
4758 |
|
|
|
4759 |
|
|
/* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
|
4760 |
|
|
list, for the same reason. */
|
4761 |
|
|
for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
|
4762 |
|
|
{
|
4763 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
|
4764 |
|
|
== ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
4765 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4766 |
|
|
else
|
4767 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4768 |
|
|
}
|
4769 |
|
|
|
4770 |
|
|
return;
|
4771 |
|
|
}
|
4772 |
|
|
#elif defined(ASM_MAKE_LABEL_LINKONCE)
|
4773 |
|
|
if (DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
4774 |
|
|
ASM_MAKE_LABEL_LINKONCE (asm_out_file, name);
|
4775 |
|
|
#endif
|
4776 |
|
|
|
4777 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, name);
|
4778 |
|
|
}
|
4779 |
|
|
|
4780 |
|
|
/* We have to be able to tell cgraph about the needed-ness of the target
|
4781 |
|
|
of an alias. This requires that the decl have been defined. Aliases
|
4782 |
|
|
that precede their definition have to be queued for later processing. */
|
4783 |
|
|
|
4784 |
|
|
typedef struct alias_pair GTY(())
|
4785 |
|
|
{
|
4786 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
4787 |
|
|
tree target;
|
4788 |
|
|
} alias_pair;
|
4789 |
|
|
|
4790 |
|
|
/* Define gc'd vector type. */
|
4791 |
|
|
DEF_VEC_O(alias_pair);
|
4792 |
|
|
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(alias_pair,gc);
|
4793 |
|
|
|
4794 |
|
|
static GTY(()) VEC(alias_pair,gc) *alias_pairs;
|
4795 |
|
|
|
4796 |
|
|
/* Given an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. At the
|
4797 |
|
|
same time, mark it needed for cgraph. */
|
4798 |
|
|
|
4799 |
|
|
static tree
|
4800 |
|
|
find_decl_and_mark_needed (tree decl, tree target)
|
4801 |
|
|
{
|
4802 |
|
|
struct cgraph_node *fnode = NULL;
|
4803 |
|
|
struct cgraph_varpool_node *vnode = NULL;
|
4804 |
|
|
|
4805 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
4806 |
|
|
{
|
4807 |
|
|
fnode = cgraph_node_for_asm (target);
|
4808 |
|
|
if (fnode == NULL)
|
4809 |
|
|
vnode = cgraph_varpool_node_for_asm (target);
|
4810 |
|
|
}
|
4811 |
|
|
else
|
4812 |
|
|
{
|
4813 |
|
|
vnode = cgraph_varpool_node_for_asm (target);
|
4814 |
|
|
if (vnode == NULL)
|
4815 |
|
|
fnode = cgraph_node_for_asm (target);
|
4816 |
|
|
}
|
4817 |
|
|
|
4818 |
|
|
if (fnode)
|
4819 |
|
|
{
|
4820 |
|
|
/* We can't mark function nodes as used after cgraph global info
|
4821 |
|
|
is finished. This wouldn't generally be necessary, but C++
|
4822 |
|
|
virtual table thunks are introduced late in the game and
|
4823 |
|
|
might seem like they need marking, although in fact they
|
4824 |
|
|
don't. */
|
4825 |
|
|
if (! cgraph_global_info_ready)
|
4826 |
|
|
cgraph_mark_needed_node (fnode);
|
4827 |
|
|
return fnode->decl;
|
4828 |
|
|
}
|
4829 |
|
|
else if (vnode)
|
4830 |
|
|
{
|
4831 |
|
|
cgraph_varpool_mark_needed_node (vnode);
|
4832 |
|
|
return vnode->decl;
|
4833 |
|
|
}
|
4834 |
|
|
else
|
4835 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
4836 |
|
|
}
|
4837 |
|
|
|
4838 |
|
|
/* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
|
4839 |
|
|
or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
|
4840 |
|
|
tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
|
4841 |
|
|
|
4842 |
|
|
static void
|
4843 |
|
|
do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
|
4844 |
|
|
{
|
4845 |
|
|
if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
|
4846 |
|
|
return;
|
4847 |
|
|
|
4848 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
|
4849 |
|
|
TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
|
4850 |
|
|
|
4851 |
|
|
if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
|
4852 |
|
|
{
|
4853 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
|
4854 |
|
|
|
4855 |
|
|
if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
|
4856 |
|
|
weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
|
4857 |
|
|
|
4858 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
|
4859 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
|
4860 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)),
|
4861 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
4862 |
|
|
#else
|
4863 |
|
|
if (!SUPPORTS_WEAK)
|
4864 |
|
|
{
|
4865 |
|
|
error ("%Jweakref is not supported in this configuration", decl);
|
4866 |
|
|
return;
|
4867 |
|
|
}
|
4868 |
|
|
#endif
|
4869 |
|
|
return;
|
4870 |
|
|
}
|
4871 |
|
|
|
4872 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
|
4873 |
|
|
/* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
|
4874 |
|
|
|
4875 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
4876 |
|
|
{
|
4877 |
|
|
globalize_decl (decl);
|
4878 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
|
4879 |
|
|
}
|
4880 |
|
|
|
4881 |
|
|
# ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
|
4882 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
|
4883 |
|
|
# else
|
4884 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
|
4885 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)),
|
4886 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
4887 |
|
|
# endif
|
4888 |
|
|
#elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
|
4889 |
|
|
{
|
4890 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
4891 |
|
|
tree *p, t;
|
4892 |
|
|
|
4893 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
4894 |
|
|
# ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
|
4895 |
|
|
ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
4896 |
|
|
# else
|
4897 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
|
4898 |
|
|
# endif
|
4899 |
|
|
/* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
|
4900 |
|
|
we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
|
4901 |
|
|
for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
|
4902 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
4903 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4904 |
|
|
else
|
4905 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4906 |
|
|
|
4907 |
|
|
/* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
|
4908 |
|
|
list, for the same reason. */
|
4909 |
|
|
for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
|
4910 |
|
|
{
|
4911 |
|
|
if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
|
4912 |
|
|
== ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
|
4913 |
|
|
*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4914 |
|
|
else
|
4915 |
|
|
p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
|
4916 |
|
|
}
|
4917 |
|
|
}
|
4918 |
|
|
#endif
|
4919 |
|
|
}
|
4920 |
|
|
|
4921 |
|
|
/* First pass of completing pending aliases. Make sure that cgraph knows
|
4922 |
|
|
which symbols will be required. */
|
4923 |
|
|
|
4924 |
|
|
void
|
4925 |
|
|
finish_aliases_1 (void)
|
4926 |
|
|
{
|
4927 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
4928 |
|
|
alias_pair *p;
|
4929 |
|
|
|
4930 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (alias_pair, alias_pairs, i, p); i++)
|
4931 |
|
|
{
|
4932 |
|
|
tree target_decl;
|
4933 |
|
|
|
4934 |
|
|
target_decl = find_decl_and_mark_needed (p->decl, p->target);
|
4935 |
|
|
if (target_decl == NULL)
|
4936 |
|
|
{
|
4937 |
|
|
if (! lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (p->decl)))
|
4938 |
|
|
error ("%q+D aliased to undefined symbol %qs",
|
4939 |
|
|
p->decl, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (p->target));
|
4940 |
|
|
}
|
4941 |
|
|
else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (target_decl)
|
4942 |
|
|
&& ! lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (p->decl)))
|
4943 |
|
|
error ("%q+D aliased to external symbol %qs",
|
4944 |
|
|
p->decl, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (p->target));
|
4945 |
|
|
}
|
4946 |
|
|
}
|
4947 |
|
|
|
4948 |
|
|
/* Second pass of completing pending aliases. Emit the actual assembly.
|
4949 |
|
|
This happens at the end of compilation and thus it is assured that the
|
4950 |
|
|
target symbol has been emitted. */
|
4951 |
|
|
|
4952 |
|
|
void
|
4953 |
|
|
finish_aliases_2 (void)
|
4954 |
|
|
{
|
4955 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
4956 |
|
|
alias_pair *p;
|
4957 |
|
|
|
4958 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (alias_pair, alias_pairs, i, p); i++)
|
4959 |
|
|
do_assemble_alias (p->decl, p->target);
|
4960 |
|
|
|
4961 |
|
|
VEC_truncate (alias_pair, alias_pairs, 0);
|
4962 |
|
|
}
|
4963 |
|
|
|
4964 |
|
|
/* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
|
4965 |
|
|
the symbol for TARGET. */
|
4966 |
|
|
|
4967 |
|
|
void
|
4968 |
|
|
assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
|
4969 |
|
|
{
|
4970 |
|
|
tree target_decl;
|
4971 |
|
|
bool is_weakref = false;
|
4972 |
|
|
|
4973 |
|
|
if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
|
4974 |
|
|
{
|
4975 |
|
|
tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
|
4976 |
|
|
|
4977 |
|
|
is_weakref = true;
|
4978 |
|
|
|
4979 |
|
|
ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
|
4980 |
|
|
|
4981 |
|
|
if (alias == target)
|
4982 |
|
|
error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
|
4983 |
|
|
else
|
4984 |
|
|
{
|
4985 |
|
|
#ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
|
4986 |
|
|
IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (alias) = 1;
|
4987 |
|
|
TREE_CHAIN (alias) = target;
|
4988 |
|
|
#endif
|
4989 |
|
|
}
|
4990 |
|
|
if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
4991 |
|
|
error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
|
4992 |
|
|
}
|
4993 |
|
|
else
|
4994 |
|
|
{
|
4995 |
|
|
#if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
|
4996 |
|
|
# if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
|
4997 |
|
|
error ("%Jalias definitions not supported in this configuration", decl);
|
4998 |
|
|
return;
|
4999 |
|
|
# else
|
5000 |
|
|
if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
|
5001 |
|
|
{
|
5002 |
|
|
error ("%Jonly weak aliases are supported in this configuration", decl);
|
5003 |
|
|
return;
|
5004 |
|
|
}
|
5005 |
|
|
# endif
|
5006 |
|
|
#endif
|
5007 |
|
|
}
|
5008 |
|
|
|
5009 |
|
|
/* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
|
5010 |
|
|
we don't use it here. */
|
5011 |
|
|
make_decl_rtl (decl);
|
5012 |
|
|
TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
|
5013 |
|
|
|
5014 |
|
|
/* A quirk of the initial implementation of aliases required that the user
|
5015 |
|
|
add "extern" to all of them. Which is silly, but now historical. Do
|
5016 |
|
|
note that the symbol is in fact locally defined. */
|
5017 |
|
|
if (! is_weakref)
|
5018 |
|
|
DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 0;
|
5019 |
|
|
|
5020 |
|
|
/* Allow aliases to aliases. */
|
5021 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
5022 |
|
|
cgraph_node (decl)->alias = true;
|
5023 |
|
|
else
|
5024 |
|
|
cgraph_varpool_node (decl)->alias = true;
|
5025 |
|
|
|
5026 |
|
|
/* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
|
5027 |
|
|
alias. This saves a tad o memory. */
|
5028 |
|
|
target_decl = find_decl_and_mark_needed (decl, target);
|
5029 |
|
|
if (target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
|
5030 |
|
|
do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
|
5031 |
|
|
else
|
5032 |
|
|
{
|
5033 |
|
|
alias_pair *p = VEC_safe_push (alias_pair, gc, alias_pairs, NULL);
|
5034 |
|
|
p->decl = decl;
|
5035 |
|
|
p->target = target;
|
5036 |
|
|
}
|
5037 |
|
|
}
|
5038 |
|
|
|
5039 |
|
|
/* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
|
5040 |
|
|
the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
|
5041 |
|
|
|
5042 |
|
|
void
|
5043 |
|
|
default_assemble_visibility (tree decl, int vis)
|
5044 |
|
|
{
|
5045 |
|
|
static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
|
5046 |
|
|
NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
|
5047 |
|
|
};
|
5048 |
|
|
|
5049 |
|
|
const char *name, *type;
|
5050 |
|
|
|
5051 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
5052 |
|
|
type = visibility_types[vis];
|
5053 |
|
|
|
5054 |
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
|
5055 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
|
5056 |
|
|
assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
|
5057 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
|
5058 |
|
|
#else
|
5059 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
|
5060 |
|
|
"in this configuration; ignored");
|
5061 |
|
|
#endif
|
5062 |
|
|
}
|
5063 |
|
|
|
5064 |
|
|
/* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
|
5065 |
|
|
|
5066 |
|
|
static void
|
5067 |
|
|
maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
|
5068 |
|
|
{
|
5069 |
|
|
enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
|
5070 |
|
|
|
5071 |
|
|
if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
|
5072 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.visibility (decl, vis);
|
5073 |
|
|
}
|
5074 |
|
|
|
5075 |
|
|
/* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
|
5076 |
|
|
so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
|
5077 |
|
|
multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
|
5078 |
|
|
a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
|
5079 |
|
|
|
5080 |
|
|
int
|
5081 |
|
|
supports_one_only (void)
|
5082 |
|
|
{
|
5083 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
|
5084 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5085 |
|
|
return SUPPORTS_WEAK;
|
5086 |
|
|
}
|
5087 |
|
|
|
5088 |
|
|
/* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
|
5089 |
|
|
translation units without generating a linker error. */
|
5090 |
|
|
|
5091 |
|
|
void
|
5092 |
|
|
make_decl_one_only (tree decl)
|
5093 |
|
|
{
|
5094 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
5095 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL);
|
5096 |
|
|
|
5097 |
|
|
TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
|
5098 |
|
|
|
5099 |
|
|
if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
|
5100 |
|
|
{
|
5101 |
|
|
#ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
|
5102 |
|
|
MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
|
5103 |
|
|
#endif
|
5104 |
|
|
DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) = 1;
|
5105 |
|
|
}
|
5106 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
5107 |
|
|
&& (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node))
|
5108 |
|
|
DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
|
5109 |
|
|
else
|
5110 |
|
|
{
|
5111 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SUPPORTS_WEAK);
|
5112 |
|
|
DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
|
5113 |
|
|
}
|
5114 |
|
|
}
|
5115 |
|
|
|
5116 |
|
|
void
|
5117 |
|
|
init_varasm_once (void)
|
5118 |
|
|
{
|
5119 |
|
|
section_htab = htab_create_ggc (31, section_entry_hash,
|
5120 |
|
|
section_entry_eq, NULL);
|
5121 |
|
|
object_block_htab = htab_create_ggc (31, object_block_entry_hash,
|
5122 |
|
|
object_block_entry_eq, NULL);
|
5123 |
|
|
const_desc_htab = htab_create_ggc (1009, const_desc_hash,
|
5124 |
|
|
const_desc_eq, NULL);
|
5125 |
|
|
|
5126 |
|
|
const_alias_set = new_alias_set ();
|
5127 |
|
|
shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
|
5128 |
|
|
|
5129 |
|
|
#ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5130 |
|
|
text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
|
5131 |
|
|
TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5132 |
|
|
#endif
|
5133 |
|
|
|
5134 |
|
|
#ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5135 |
|
|
data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
|
5136 |
|
|
DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5137 |
|
|
#endif
|
5138 |
|
|
|
5139 |
|
|
#ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5140 |
|
|
sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
|
5141 |
|
|
SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5142 |
|
|
#endif
|
5143 |
|
|
|
5144 |
|
|
#ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5145 |
|
|
readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
|
5146 |
|
|
READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5147 |
|
|
#endif
|
5148 |
|
|
|
5149 |
|
|
#ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5150 |
|
|
ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
|
5151 |
|
|
CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5152 |
|
|
#endif
|
5153 |
|
|
|
5154 |
|
|
#ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5155 |
|
|
dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
|
5156 |
|
|
DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5157 |
|
|
#endif
|
5158 |
|
|
|
5159 |
|
|
#ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5160 |
|
|
bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
|
5161 |
|
|
output_section_asm_op,
|
5162 |
|
|
BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5163 |
|
|
#endif
|
5164 |
|
|
|
5165 |
|
|
#ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
5166 |
|
|
sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
|
5167 |
|
|
output_section_asm_op,
|
5168 |
|
|
SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
|
5169 |
|
|
#endif
|
5170 |
|
|
|
5171 |
|
|
tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
|
5172 |
|
|
| SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
|
5173 |
|
|
lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
|
5174 |
|
|
| SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
|
5175 |
|
|
comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
|
5176 |
|
|
| SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
|
5177 |
|
|
|
5178 |
|
|
#if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS || defined ASM_OUTPUT_BSS
|
5179 |
|
|
bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
|
5180 |
|
|
emit_bss);
|
5181 |
|
|
#endif
|
5182 |
|
|
|
5183 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
|
5184 |
|
|
|
5185 |
|
|
if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
|
5186 |
|
|
readonly_data_section = text_section;
|
5187 |
|
|
}
|
5188 |
|
|
|
5189 |
|
|
enum tls_model
|
5190 |
|
|
decl_default_tls_model (tree decl)
|
5191 |
|
|
{
|
5192 |
|
|
enum tls_model kind;
|
5193 |
|
|
bool is_local;
|
5194 |
|
|
|
5195 |
|
|
is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
|
5196 |
|
|
if (!flag_shlib)
|
5197 |
|
|
{
|
5198 |
|
|
if (is_local)
|
5199 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
|
5200 |
|
|
else
|
5201 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
|
5202 |
|
|
}
|
5203 |
|
|
|
5204 |
|
|
/* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
|
5205 |
|
|
parts of the address. */
|
5206 |
|
|
else if (optimize && is_local)
|
5207 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
|
5208 |
|
|
else
|
5209 |
|
|
kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
|
5210 |
|
|
if (kind < flag_tls_default)
|
5211 |
|
|
kind = flag_tls_default;
|
5212 |
|
|
|
5213 |
|
|
return kind;
|
5214 |
|
|
}
|
5215 |
|
|
|
5216 |
|
|
/* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
|
5217 |
|
|
of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
|
5218 |
|
|
might contain runtime relocations.
|
5219 |
|
|
|
5220 |
|
|
We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
|
5221 |
|
|
read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
|
5222 |
|
|
|
5223 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
5224 |
|
|
default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
|
5225 |
|
|
{
|
5226 |
|
|
unsigned int flags;
|
5227 |
|
|
|
5228 |
|
|
if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
5229 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_CODE;
|
5230 |
|
|
else if (decl && decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
|
5231 |
|
|
flags = 0;
|
5232 |
|
|
else if (current_function_decl
|
5233 |
|
|
&& cfun
|
5234 |
|
|
&& cfun->unlikely_text_section_name
|
5235 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, cfun->unlikely_text_section_name) == 0)
|
5236 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_CODE;
|
5237 |
|
|
else if (!decl
|
5238 |
|
|
&& (!current_function_decl || !cfun)
|
5239 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
|
5240 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_CODE;
|
5241 |
|
|
else
|
5242 |
|
|
flags = SECTION_WRITE;
|
5243 |
|
|
|
5244 |
|
|
if (decl && DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
|
5245 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
|
5246 |
|
|
|
5247 |
|
|
if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
5248 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
|
5249 |
|
|
|
5250 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
|
5251 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
|
5252 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
|
5253 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
|
5254 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
|
5255 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
|
5256 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_BSS;
|
5257 |
|
|
|
5258 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
|
5259 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
|
5260 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
|
5261 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_TLS;
|
5262 |
|
|
|
5263 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
|
5264 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
|
5265 |
|
|
|| strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
|
5266 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
|
5267 |
|
|
|
5268 |
|
|
/* These three sections have special ELF types. They are neither
|
5269 |
|
|
SHT_PROGBITS nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't
|
5270 |
|
|
want to print a section type (@progbits or @nobits). If someone
|
5271 |
|
|
is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of these
|
5272 |
|
|
sections, then don't handle them specially. */
|
5273 |
|
|
if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS))
|
5274 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (name, ".init_array") == 0
|
5275 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".fini_array") == 0
|
5276 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".preinit_array") == 0))
|
5277 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
|
5278 |
|
|
|
5279 |
|
|
return flags;
|
5280 |
|
|
}
|
5281 |
|
|
|
5282 |
|
|
/* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
|
5283 |
|
|
either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
|
5284 |
|
|
section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
|
5285 |
|
|
|
5286 |
|
|
bool
|
5287 |
|
|
have_global_bss_p (void)
|
5288 |
|
|
{
|
5289 |
|
|
return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
|
5290 |
|
|
}
|
5291 |
|
|
|
5292 |
|
|
/* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
|
5293 |
|
|
Four variants for common object file formats. */
|
5294 |
|
|
|
5295 |
|
|
void
|
5296 |
|
|
default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
5297 |
|
|
unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
5298 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5299 |
|
|
{
|
5300 |
|
|
/* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
|
5301 |
|
|
front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
|
5302 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
5303 |
|
|
}
|
5304 |
|
|
|
5305 |
|
|
void
|
5306 |
|
|
default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
|
5307 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5308 |
|
|
{
|
5309 |
|
|
char flagchars[10], *f = flagchars;
|
5310 |
|
|
|
5311 |
|
|
/* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
|
5312 |
|
|
abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
|
5313 |
|
|
part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
|
5314 |
|
|
declaration every time. */
|
5315 |
|
|
if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
|
5316 |
|
|
&& (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
|
5317 |
|
|
{
|
5318 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
|
5319 |
|
|
return;
|
5320 |
|
|
}
|
5321 |
|
|
|
5322 |
|
|
if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
|
5323 |
|
|
*f++ = 'a';
|
5324 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
|
5325 |
|
|
*f++ = 'w';
|
5326 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
|
5327 |
|
|
*f++ = 'x';
|
5328 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
|
5329 |
|
|
*f++ = 's';
|
5330 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
|
5331 |
|
|
*f++ = 'M';
|
5332 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
|
5333 |
|
|
*f++ = 'S';
|
5334 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
|
5335 |
|
|
*f++ = 'T';
|
5336 |
|
|
if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
|
5337 |
|
|
*f++ = 'G';
|
5338 |
|
|
*f = '\0';
|
5339 |
|
|
|
5340 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
|
5341 |
|
|
|
5342 |
|
|
if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
|
5343 |
|
|
{
|
5344 |
|
|
const char *type;
|
5345 |
|
|
const char *format;
|
5346 |
|
|
|
5347 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
|
5348 |
|
|
type = "nobits";
|
5349 |
|
|
else
|
5350 |
|
|
type = "progbits";
|
5351 |
|
|
|
5352 |
|
|
format = ",@%s";
|
5353 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_COMMENT_START
|
5354 |
|
|
/* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
|
5355 |
|
|
use "%" instead. */
|
5356 |
|
|
if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
|
5357 |
|
|
format = ",%%%s";
|
5358 |
|
|
#endif
|
5359 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
|
5360 |
|
|
|
5361 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
|
5362 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
|
5363 |
|
|
if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
|
5364 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
|
5365 |
|
|
lang_hooks.decls.comdat_group (decl));
|
5366 |
|
|
}
|
5367 |
|
|
|
5368 |
|
|
putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
|
5369 |
|
|
}
|
5370 |
|
|
|
5371 |
|
|
void
|
5372 |
|
|
default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
|
5373 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5374 |
|
|
{
|
5375 |
|
|
char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
|
5376 |
|
|
|
5377 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
|
5378 |
|
|
*f++ = 'w';
|
5379 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
|
5380 |
|
|
*f++ = 'x';
|
5381 |
|
|
*f = '\0';
|
5382 |
|
|
|
5383 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
|
5384 |
|
|
}
|
5385 |
|
|
|
5386 |
|
|
void
|
5387 |
|
|
default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
|
5388 |
|
|
tree decl)
|
5389 |
|
|
{
|
5390 |
|
|
default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
|
5391 |
|
|
|
5392 |
|
|
if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
|
5393 |
|
|
{
|
5394 |
|
|
/* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
|
5395 |
|
|
optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
|
5396 |
|
|
Instead, have the linker pick one. */
|
5397 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
|
5398 |
|
|
(flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
|
5399 |
|
|
}
|
5400 |
|
|
}
|
5401 |
|
|
|
5402 |
|
|
/* The lame default section selector. */
|
5403 |
|
|
|
5404 |
|
|
section *
|
5405 |
|
|
default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
|
5406 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5407 |
|
|
{
|
5408 |
|
|
if (DECL_P (decl))
|
5409 |
|
|
{
|
5410 |
|
|
if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
|
5411 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
5412 |
|
|
}
|
5413 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
5414 |
|
|
{
|
5415 |
|
|
if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
|
5416 |
|
|
|| !TREE_READONLY (decl)
|
5417 |
|
|
|| TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
|
5418 |
|
|
|| !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
|
5419 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
5420 |
|
|
}
|
5421 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
|
5422 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
5423 |
|
|
else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
|
5424 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
5425 |
|
|
|
5426 |
|
|
return data_section;
|
5427 |
|
|
}
|
5428 |
|
|
|
5429 |
|
|
enum section_category
|
5430 |
|
|
categorize_decl_for_section (tree decl, int reloc)
|
5431 |
|
|
{
|
5432 |
|
|
enum section_category ret;
|
5433 |
|
|
|
5434 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
5435 |
|
|
return SECCAT_TEXT;
|
5436 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
|
5437 |
|
|
{
|
5438 |
|
|
if (flag_mudflap) /* or !flag_merge_constants */
|
5439 |
|
|
return SECCAT_RODATA;
|
5440 |
|
|
else
|
5441 |
|
|
return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
|
5442 |
|
|
}
|
5443 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
|
5444 |
|
|
{
|
5445 |
|
|
if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
|
5446 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_BSS;
|
5447 |
|
|
else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
|
5448 |
|
|
|| TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
|
5449 |
|
|
|| ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
|
5450 |
|
|
{
|
5451 |
|
|
/* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
|
5452 |
|
|
be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
|
5453 |
|
|
do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
|
5454 |
|
|
minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
|
5455 |
|
|
if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
5456 |
|
|
ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
|
5457 |
|
|
else
|
5458 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_DATA;
|
5459 |
|
|
}
|
5460 |
|
|
else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
5461 |
|
|
ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
|
5462 |
|
|
else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2)
|
5463 |
|
|
/* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
|
5464 |
|
|
location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
|
5465 |
|
|
expense of not conforming). */
|
5466 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
|
5467 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
|
5468 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
|
5469 |
|
|
else
|
5470 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
|
5471 |
|
|
}
|
5472 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
|
5473 |
|
|
{
|
5474 |
|
|
if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
5475 |
|
|
|| TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
|
5476 |
|
|
|| ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
|
5477 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_DATA;
|
5478 |
|
|
else
|
5479 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
|
5480 |
|
|
}
|
5481 |
|
|
else
|
5482 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
|
5483 |
|
|
|
5484 |
|
|
/* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
|
5485 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
5486 |
|
|
{
|
5487 |
|
|
/* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
|
5488 |
|
|
no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
|
5489 |
|
|
if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
|
5490 |
|
|
|| (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
|
5491 |
|
|
&& initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
|
5492 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
|
5493 |
|
|
else
|
5494 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
|
5495 |
|
|
}
|
5496 |
|
|
|
5497 |
|
|
/* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
|
5498 |
|
|
else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
|
5499 |
|
|
{
|
5500 |
|
|
if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
|
5501 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
|
5502 |
|
|
else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
|
5503 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
|
5504 |
|
|
else
|
5505 |
|
|
ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
|
5506 |
|
|
}
|
5507 |
|
|
|
5508 |
|
|
return ret;
|
5509 |
|
|
}
|
5510 |
|
|
|
5511 |
|
|
bool
|
5512 |
|
|
decl_readonly_section (tree decl, int reloc)
|
5513 |
|
|
{
|
5514 |
|
|
switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
|
5515 |
|
|
{
|
5516 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA:
|
5517 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
|
5518 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
|
5519 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
|
5520 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SRODATA:
|
5521 |
|
|
return true;
|
5522 |
|
|
break;
|
5523 |
|
|
default:
|
5524 |
|
|
return false;
|
5525 |
|
|
break;
|
5526 |
|
|
}
|
5527 |
|
|
}
|
5528 |
|
|
|
5529 |
|
|
/* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
|
5530 |
|
|
|
5531 |
|
|
section *
|
5532 |
|
|
default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
|
5533 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
|
5534 |
|
|
{
|
5535 |
|
|
const char *sname;
|
5536 |
|
|
switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
|
5537 |
|
|
{
|
5538 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TEXT:
|
5539 |
|
|
/* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
|
5540 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
5541 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA:
|
5542 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
5543 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
|
5544 |
|
|
return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
|
5545 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
|
5546 |
|
|
return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
|
5547 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
|
5548 |
|
|
return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
|
5549 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SRODATA:
|
5550 |
|
|
sname = ".sdata2";
|
5551 |
|
|
break;
|
5552 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA:
|
5553 |
|
|
return data_section;
|
5554 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
|
5555 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel";
|
5556 |
|
|
break;
|
5557 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
|
5558 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel.local";
|
5559 |
|
|
break;
|
5560 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
|
5561 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel.ro";
|
5562 |
|
|
break;
|
5563 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
|
5564 |
|
|
sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
|
5565 |
|
|
break;
|
5566 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SDATA:
|
5567 |
|
|
sname = ".sdata";
|
5568 |
|
|
break;
|
5569 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TDATA:
|
5570 |
|
|
sname = ".tdata";
|
5571 |
|
|
break;
|
5572 |
|
|
case SECCAT_BSS:
|
5573 |
|
|
if (bss_section)
|
5574 |
|
|
return bss_section;
|
5575 |
|
|
sname = ".bss";
|
5576 |
|
|
break;
|
5577 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SBSS:
|
5578 |
|
|
sname = ".sbss";
|
5579 |
|
|
break;
|
5580 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TBSS:
|
5581 |
|
|
sname = ".tbss";
|
5582 |
|
|
break;
|
5583 |
|
|
default:
|
5584 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
5585 |
|
|
}
|
5586 |
|
|
|
5587 |
|
|
if (!DECL_P (decl))
|
5588 |
|
|
decl = NULL_TREE;
|
5589 |
|
|
return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
|
5590 |
|
|
}
|
5591 |
|
|
|
5592 |
|
|
/* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
|
5593 |
|
|
categorization performed above. */
|
5594 |
|
|
|
5595 |
|
|
void
|
5596 |
|
|
default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
|
5597 |
|
|
{
|
5598 |
|
|
/* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
|
5599 |
|
|
bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
|
5600 |
|
|
const char *prefix, *name;
|
5601 |
|
|
size_t nlen, plen;
|
5602 |
|
|
char *string;
|
5603 |
|
|
|
5604 |
|
|
switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
|
5605 |
|
|
{
|
5606 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TEXT:
|
5607 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.t." : ".text.";
|
5608 |
|
|
break;
|
5609 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA:
|
5610 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
|
5611 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
|
5612 |
|
|
case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
|
5613 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.r." : ".rodata.";
|
5614 |
|
|
break;
|
5615 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SRODATA:
|
5616 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.s2." : ".sdata2.";
|
5617 |
|
|
break;
|
5618 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA:
|
5619 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.d." : ".data.";
|
5620 |
|
|
break;
|
5621 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
|
5622 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.d.rel." : ".data.rel.";
|
5623 |
|
|
break;
|
5624 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
|
5625 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.d.rel.local." : ".data.rel.local.";
|
5626 |
|
|
break;
|
5627 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
|
5628 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.d.rel.ro." : ".data.rel.ro.";
|
5629 |
|
|
break;
|
5630 |
|
|
case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
|
5631 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.d.rel.ro.local."
|
5632 |
|
|
: ".data.rel.ro.local.";
|
5633 |
|
|
break;
|
5634 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SDATA:
|
5635 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.s." : ".sdata.";
|
5636 |
|
|
break;
|
5637 |
|
|
case SECCAT_BSS:
|
5638 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.b." : ".bss.";
|
5639 |
|
|
break;
|
5640 |
|
|
case SECCAT_SBSS:
|
5641 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.sb." : ".sbss.";
|
5642 |
|
|
break;
|
5643 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TDATA:
|
5644 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.td." : ".tdata.";
|
5645 |
|
|
break;
|
5646 |
|
|
case SECCAT_TBSS:
|
5647 |
|
|
prefix = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce.tb." : ".tbss.";
|
5648 |
|
|
break;
|
5649 |
|
|
default:
|
5650 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
5651 |
|
|
}
|
5652 |
|
|
plen = strlen (prefix);
|
5653 |
|
|
|
5654 |
|
|
name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
|
5655 |
|
|
name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
|
5656 |
|
|
nlen = strlen (name);
|
5657 |
|
|
|
5658 |
|
|
string = alloca (nlen + plen + 1);
|
5659 |
|
|
memcpy (string, prefix, plen);
|
5660 |
|
|
memcpy (string + plen, name, nlen + 1);
|
5661 |
|
|
|
5662 |
|
|
DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) = build_string (nlen + plen, string);
|
5663 |
|
|
}
|
5664 |
|
|
|
5665 |
|
|
/* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
|
5666 |
|
|
is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
|
5667 |
|
|
indicates a local relocation. */
|
5668 |
|
|
|
5669 |
|
|
static int
|
5670 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (rtx *xp, void *data)
|
5671 |
|
|
{
|
5672 |
|
|
int *preloc = data;
|
5673 |
|
|
rtx x = *xp;
|
5674 |
|
|
|
5675 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
5676 |
|
|
{
|
5677 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
5678 |
|
|
*preloc |= SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
|
5679 |
|
|
break;
|
5680 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
5681 |
|
|
*preloc |= 1;
|
5682 |
|
|
break;
|
5683 |
|
|
default:
|
5684 |
|
|
break;
|
5685 |
|
|
}
|
5686 |
|
|
|
5687 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5688 |
|
|
}
|
5689 |
|
|
|
5690 |
|
|
static int
|
5691 |
|
|
compute_reloc_for_rtx (rtx x)
|
5692 |
|
|
{
|
5693 |
|
|
int reloc;
|
5694 |
|
|
|
5695 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
5696 |
|
|
{
|
5697 |
|
|
case CONST:
|
5698 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
5699 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
5700 |
|
|
reloc = 0;
|
5701 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&x, compute_reloc_for_rtx_1, &reloc);
|
5702 |
|
|
return reloc;
|
5703 |
|
|
|
5704 |
|
|
default:
|
5705 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5706 |
|
|
}
|
5707 |
|
|
}
|
5708 |
|
|
|
5709 |
|
|
section *
|
5710 |
|
|
default_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
5711 |
|
|
rtx x,
|
5712 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5713 |
|
|
{
|
5714 |
|
|
if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
5715 |
|
|
return data_section;
|
5716 |
|
|
else
|
5717 |
|
|
return readonly_data_section;
|
5718 |
|
|
}
|
5719 |
|
|
|
5720 |
|
|
section *
|
5721 |
|
|
default_elf_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x,
|
5722 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
|
5723 |
|
|
{
|
5724 |
|
|
int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
|
5725 |
|
|
|
5726 |
|
|
/* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
|
5727 |
|
|
|
5728 |
|
|
if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
|
5729 |
|
|
{
|
5730 |
|
|
if (reloc == 1)
|
5731 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
|
5732 |
|
|
else
|
5733 |
|
|
return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
|
5734 |
|
|
}
|
5735 |
|
|
|
5736 |
|
|
return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
|
5737 |
|
|
}
|
5738 |
|
|
|
5739 |
|
|
/* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
|
5740 |
|
|
|
5741 |
|
|
void
|
5742 |
|
|
default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5743 |
|
|
{
|
5744 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
5745 |
|
|
int flags;
|
5746 |
|
|
|
5747 |
|
|
/* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
|
5748 |
|
|
if (!MEM_P (rtl))
|
5749 |
|
|
return;
|
5750 |
|
|
symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
|
5751 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
|
5752 |
|
|
return;
|
5753 |
|
|
|
5754 |
|
|
flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
|
5755 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
|
5756 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
|
5757 |
|
|
if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
|
5758 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
|
5759 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
5760 |
|
|
flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
|
5761 |
|
|
else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
|
5762 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
|
5763 |
|
|
/* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
|
5764 |
|
|
being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
|
5765 |
|
|
Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
|
5766 |
|
|
if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
|
5767 |
|
|
flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
|
5768 |
|
|
|
5769 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
|
5770 |
|
|
}
|
5771 |
|
|
|
5772 |
|
|
/* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
|
5773 |
|
|
do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
|
5774 |
|
|
|
5775 |
|
|
const char *
|
5776 |
|
|
default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
|
5777 |
|
|
{
|
5778 |
|
|
return str + (*str == '*');
|
5779 |
|
|
}
|
5780 |
|
|
|
5781 |
|
|
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
|
5782 |
|
|
/* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
|
5783 |
|
|
anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
|
5784 |
|
|
|
5785 |
|
|
void
|
5786 |
|
|
default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
|
5787 |
|
|
{
|
5788 |
|
|
char buffer[100];
|
5789 |
|
|
|
5790 |
|
|
sprintf (buffer, ". + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
|
5791 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
|
5792 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
|
5793 |
|
|
}
|
5794 |
|
|
#endif
|
5795 |
|
|
|
5796 |
|
|
/* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
|
5797 |
|
|
|
5798 |
|
|
bool
|
5799 |
|
|
default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (rtx symbol)
|
5800 |
|
|
{
|
5801 |
|
|
section *sect;
|
5802 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
5803 |
|
|
|
5804 |
|
|
/* Don't use anchors for mergeable sections. The linker might move
|
5805 |
|
|
the objects around. */
|
5806 |
|
|
sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
|
5807 |
|
|
if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
|
5808 |
|
|
return false;
|
5809 |
|
|
|
5810 |
|
|
/* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
|
5811 |
|
|
acts as an anchor for such sections. */
|
5812 |
|
|
if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
|
5813 |
|
|
return false;
|
5814 |
|
|
|
5815 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
5816 |
|
|
if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
|
5817 |
|
|
{
|
5818 |
|
|
/* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined by
|
5819 |
|
|
other modules. */
|
5820 |
|
|
if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
|
5821 |
|
|
return false;
|
5822 |
|
|
|
5823 |
|
|
/* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
|
5824 |
|
|
small data section. */
|
5825 |
|
|
/* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
|
5826 |
|
|
one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
|
5827 |
|
|
sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
|
5828 |
|
|
if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
|
5829 |
|
|
return false;
|
5830 |
|
|
}
|
5831 |
|
|
return true;
|
5832 |
|
|
}
|
5833 |
|
|
|
5834 |
|
|
/* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
|
5835 |
|
|
wrt cross-module name binding. */
|
5836 |
|
|
|
5837 |
|
|
bool
|
5838 |
|
|
default_binds_local_p (tree exp)
|
5839 |
|
|
{
|
5840 |
|
|
return default_binds_local_p_1 (exp, flag_shlib);
|
5841 |
|
|
}
|
5842 |
|
|
|
5843 |
|
|
bool
|
5844 |
|
|
default_binds_local_p_1 (tree exp, int shlib)
|
5845 |
|
|
{
|
5846 |
|
|
bool local_p;
|
5847 |
|
|
|
5848 |
|
|
/* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
|
5849 |
|
|
if (!DECL_P (exp))
|
5850 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
5851 |
|
|
/* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is
|
5852 |
|
|
always static and therefore local. */
|
5853 |
|
|
else if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp)))
|
5854 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
5855 |
|
|
/* Static variables are always local. */
|
5856 |
|
|
else if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
|
5857 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
5858 |
|
|
/* A variable is local if the user has said explicitly that it will
|
5859 |
|
|
be. */
|
5860 |
|
|
else if (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp)
|
5861 |
|
|
&& DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
|
5862 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
5863 |
|
|
/* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
|
5864 |
|
|
else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))
|
5865 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
5866 |
|
|
/* If defined in this object and visibility is not default, must be
|
5867 |
|
|
local. */
|
5868 |
|
|
else if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
|
5869 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
5870 |
|
|
/* Default visibility weak data can be overridden by a strong symbol
|
5871 |
|
|
in another module and so are not local. */
|
5872 |
|
|
else if (DECL_WEAK (exp))
|
5873 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
5874 |
|
|
/* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
|
5875 |
|
|
symbols resolved from other modules. */
|
5876 |
|
|
else if (shlib)
|
5877 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
5878 |
|
|
/* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
|
5879 |
|
|
resolved from other modules. */
|
5880 |
|
|
else if (DECL_COMMON (exp)
|
5881 |
|
|
&& (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
|
5882 |
|
|
|| DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node))
|
5883 |
|
|
local_p = false;
|
5884 |
|
|
/* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
|
5885 |
|
|
which is of necessity defined locally. */
|
5886 |
|
|
else
|
5887 |
|
|
local_p = true;
|
5888 |
|
|
|
5889 |
|
|
return local_p;
|
5890 |
|
|
}
|
5891 |
|
|
|
5892 |
|
|
/* Determine whether or not a pointer mode is valid. Assume defaults
|
5893 |
|
|
of ptr_mode or Pmode - can be overridden. */
|
5894 |
|
|
bool
|
5895 |
|
|
default_valid_pointer_mode (enum machine_mode mode)
|
5896 |
|
|
{
|
5897 |
|
|
return (mode == ptr_mode || mode == Pmode);
|
5898 |
|
|
}
|
5899 |
|
|
|
5900 |
|
|
/* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
|
5901 |
|
|
target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
|
5902 |
|
|
globalize a label. */
|
5903 |
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
|
5904 |
|
|
void
|
5905 |
|
|
default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
|
5906 |
|
|
{
|
5907 |
|
|
fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
|
5908 |
|
|
assemble_name (stream, name);
|
5909 |
|
|
putc ('\n', stream);
|
5910 |
|
|
}
|
5911 |
|
|
#endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
|
5912 |
|
|
|
5913 |
|
|
/* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
|
5914 |
|
|
default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
|
5915 |
|
|
unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
|
5916 |
|
|
void
|
5917 |
|
|
default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
5918 |
|
|
tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
5919 |
|
|
int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
5920 |
|
|
int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5921 |
|
|
{
|
5922 |
|
|
}
|
5923 |
|
|
|
5924 |
|
|
/* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
|
5925 |
|
|
The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
|
5926 |
|
|
up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
|
5927 |
|
|
void
|
5928 |
|
|
default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
5929 |
|
|
{
|
5930 |
|
|
}
|
5931 |
|
|
|
5932 |
|
|
/* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
|
5933 |
|
|
the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
|
5934 |
|
|
|
5935 |
|
|
void
|
5936 |
|
|
default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
|
5937 |
|
|
unsigned long labelno)
|
5938 |
|
|
{
|
5939 |
|
|
char *const buf = alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
|
5940 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
|
5941 |
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
|
5942 |
|
|
}
|
5943 |
|
|
|
5944 |
|
|
/* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
|
5945 |
|
|
controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
|
5946 |
|
|
void
|
5947 |
|
|
default_file_start (void)
|
5948 |
|
|
{
|
5949 |
|
|
if (targetm.file_start_app_off && !flag_verbose_asm)
|
5950 |
|
|
fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
|
5951 |
|
|
|
5952 |
|
|
if (targetm.file_start_file_directive)
|
5953 |
|
|
output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
|
5954 |
|
|
}
|
5955 |
|
|
|
5956 |
|
|
/* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
|
5957 |
|
|
which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
|
5958 |
|
|
not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
|
5959 |
|
|
a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
|
5960 |
|
|
|
5961 |
|
|
int trampolines_created;
|
5962 |
|
|
|
5963 |
|
|
void
|
5964 |
|
|
file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
|
5965 |
|
|
{
|
5966 |
|
|
unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
|
5967 |
|
|
if (trampolines_created)
|
5968 |
|
|
flags |= SECTION_CODE;
|
5969 |
|
|
|
5970 |
|
|
switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
|
5971 |
|
|
}
|
5972 |
|
|
|
5973 |
|
|
/* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
|
5974 |
|
|
a get_unnamed_section callback. */
|
5975 |
|
|
|
5976 |
|
|
void
|
5977 |
|
|
output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
|
5978 |
|
|
{
|
5979 |
|
|
fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
|
5980 |
|
|
}
|
5981 |
|
|
|
5982 |
|
|
/* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
|
5983 |
|
|
the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
|
5984 |
|
|
|
5985 |
|
|
void
|
5986 |
|
|
switch_to_section (section *new_section)
|
5987 |
|
|
{
|
5988 |
|
|
if (in_section == new_section)
|
5989 |
|
|
return;
|
5990 |
|
|
|
5991 |
|
|
if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
|
5992 |
|
|
in_section = NULL;
|
5993 |
|
|
else
|
5994 |
|
|
in_section = new_section;
|
5995 |
|
|
|
5996 |
|
|
switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
|
5997 |
|
|
{
|
5998 |
|
|
case SECTION_NAMED:
|
5999 |
|
|
if (cfun
|
6000 |
|
|
&& !cfun->unlikely_text_section_name
|
6001 |
|
|
&& strcmp (new_section->named.name,
|
6002 |
|
|
UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
|
6003 |
|
|
cfun->unlikely_text_section_name = UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME;
|
6004 |
|
|
|
6005 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
|
6006 |
|
|
new_section->named.common.flags,
|
6007 |
|
|
new_section->named.decl);
|
6008 |
|
|
break;
|
6009 |
|
|
|
6010 |
|
|
case SECTION_UNNAMED:
|
6011 |
|
|
new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
|
6012 |
|
|
break;
|
6013 |
|
|
|
6014 |
|
|
case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
|
6015 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
6016 |
|
|
break;
|
6017 |
|
|
}
|
6018 |
|
|
|
6019 |
|
|
new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
|
6020 |
|
|
}
|
6021 |
|
|
|
6022 |
|
|
/* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
|
6023 |
|
|
it at the end of its block. */
|
6024 |
|
|
|
6025 |
|
|
void
|
6026 |
|
|
place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
|
6027 |
|
|
{
|
6028 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
|
6029 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
6030 |
|
|
unsigned int alignment;
|
6031 |
|
|
struct object_block *block;
|
6032 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
6033 |
|
|
|
6034 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
|
6035 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
|
6036 |
|
|
return;
|
6037 |
|
|
|
6038 |
|
|
/* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
|
6039 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
6040 |
|
|
{
|
6041 |
|
|
desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
|
6042 |
|
|
alignment = desc->align;
|
6043 |
|
|
size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
|
6044 |
|
|
}
|
6045 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
6046 |
|
|
{
|
6047 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
6048 |
|
|
alignment = get_constant_alignment (decl);
|
6049 |
|
|
size = get_constant_size (decl);
|
6050 |
|
|
}
|
6051 |
|
|
else
|
6052 |
|
|
{
|
6053 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
6054 |
|
|
alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
|
6055 |
|
|
size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1);
|
6056 |
|
|
}
|
6057 |
|
|
|
6058 |
|
|
/* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
|
6059 |
|
|
block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
|
6060 |
|
|
mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
|
6061 |
|
|
offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
|
6062 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
|
6063 |
|
|
|
6064 |
|
|
/* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
|
6065 |
|
|
block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
|
6066 |
|
|
block->size = offset + size;
|
6067 |
|
|
|
6068 |
|
|
VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, block->objects, symbol);
|
6069 |
|
|
}
|
6070 |
|
|
|
6071 |
|
|
/* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
|
6072 |
|
|
from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
|
6073 |
|
|
to access it. */
|
6074 |
|
|
|
6075 |
|
|
rtx
|
6076 |
|
|
get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
|
6077 |
|
|
enum tls_model model)
|
6078 |
|
|
{
|
6079 |
|
|
char label[100];
|
6080 |
|
|
unsigned int begin, middle, end;
|
6081 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
|
6082 |
|
|
rtx anchor;
|
6083 |
|
|
|
6084 |
|
|
/* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
|
6085 |
|
|
anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
|
6086 |
|
|
of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
|
6087 |
|
|
useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
|
6088 |
|
|
|
6089 |
|
|
We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
|
6090 |
|
|
anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
|
6091 |
|
|
a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
|
6092 |
|
|
anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
|
6093 |
|
|
likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
|
6094 |
|
|
at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
|
6095 |
|
|
|
6096 |
|
|
All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
|
6097 |
|
|
signed overflow. */
|
6098 |
|
|
max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
|
6099 |
|
|
min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
|
6100 |
|
|
range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
|
6101 |
|
|
if (range == 0)
|
6102 |
|
|
offset = 0;
|
6103 |
|
|
else
|
6104 |
|
|
{
|
6105 |
|
|
bias = 1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
|
6106 |
|
|
if (offset < 0)
|
6107 |
|
|
{
|
6108 |
|
|
delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
|
6109 |
|
|
delta -= delta % range;
|
6110 |
|
|
if (delta > bias)
|
6111 |
|
|
delta = bias;
|
6112 |
|
|
offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
|
6113 |
|
|
}
|
6114 |
|
|
else
|
6115 |
|
|
{
|
6116 |
|
|
delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
|
6117 |
|
|
delta -= delta % range;
|
6118 |
|
|
if (delta > bias - 1)
|
6119 |
|
|
delta = bias - 1;
|
6120 |
|
|
offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
|
6121 |
|
|
}
|
6122 |
|
|
}
|
6123 |
|
|
|
6124 |
|
|
/* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
|
6125 |
|
|
Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
|
6126 |
|
|
begin = 0;
|
6127 |
|
|
end = VEC_length (rtx, block->anchors);
|
6128 |
|
|
while (begin != end)
|
6129 |
|
|
{
|
6130 |
|
|
middle = (end + begin) / 2;
|
6131 |
|
|
anchor = VEC_index (rtx, block->anchors, middle);
|
6132 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
|
6133 |
|
|
end = middle;
|
6134 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
|
6135 |
|
|
begin = middle + 1;
|
6136 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
|
6137 |
|
|
end = middle;
|
6138 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
|
6139 |
|
|
begin = middle + 1;
|
6140 |
|
|
else
|
6141 |
|
|
return anchor;
|
6142 |
|
|
}
|
6143 |
|
|
|
6144 |
|
|
/* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
|
6145 |
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
|
6146 |
|
|
anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
|
6147 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
|
6148 |
|
|
SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
|
6149 |
|
|
|
6150 |
|
|
/* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
|
6151 |
|
|
VEC_safe_insert (rtx, gc, block->anchors, begin, anchor);
|
6152 |
|
|
return anchor;
|
6153 |
|
|
}
|
6154 |
|
|
|
6155 |
|
|
/* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
|
6156 |
|
|
|
6157 |
|
|
static void
|
6158 |
|
|
output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
|
6159 |
|
|
{
|
6160 |
|
|
struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
|
6161 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
6162 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
6163 |
|
|
tree decl;
|
6164 |
|
|
rtx symbol;
|
6165 |
|
|
|
6166 |
|
|
if (block->objects == NULL)
|
6167 |
|
|
return;
|
6168 |
|
|
|
6169 |
|
|
/* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
|
6170 |
|
|
suitably aligned. */
|
6171 |
|
|
switch_to_section (block->sect);
|
6172 |
|
|
assemble_align (block->alignment);
|
6173 |
|
|
|
6174 |
|
|
/* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
|
6175 |
|
|
position. */
|
6176 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (rtx, block->anchors, i, symbol); i++)
|
6177 |
|
|
targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
|
6178 |
|
|
|
6179 |
|
|
/* Output the objects themselves. */
|
6180 |
|
|
offset = 0;
|
6181 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (rtx, block->objects, i, symbol); i++)
|
6182 |
|
|
{
|
6183 |
|
|
/* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
|
6184 |
|
|
assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
|
6185 |
|
|
offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
|
6186 |
|
|
if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
6187 |
|
|
{
|
6188 |
|
|
desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
|
6189 |
|
|
output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
|
6190 |
|
|
offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
|
6191 |
|
|
}
|
6192 |
|
|
else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
|
6193 |
|
|
{
|
6194 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
6195 |
|
|
assemble_constant_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0),
|
6196 |
|
|
get_constant_alignment (decl));
|
6197 |
|
|
offset += get_constant_size (decl);
|
6198 |
|
|
}
|
6199 |
|
|
else
|
6200 |
|
|
{
|
6201 |
|
|
decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
|
6202 |
|
|
assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false);
|
6203 |
|
|
offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), 1);
|
6204 |
|
|
}
|
6205 |
|
|
}
|
6206 |
|
|
}
|
6207 |
|
|
|
6208 |
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback used to call output_object_block for
|
6209 |
|
|
each member of object_block_htab. */
|
6210 |
|
|
|
6211 |
|
|
static int
|
6212 |
|
|
output_object_block_htab (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
6213 |
|
|
{
|
6214 |
|
|
output_object_block ((struct object_block *) (*slot));
|
6215 |
|
|
return 1;
|
6216 |
|
|
}
|
6217 |
|
|
|
6218 |
|
|
/* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
|
6219 |
|
|
|
6220 |
|
|
void
|
6221 |
|
|
output_object_blocks (void)
|
6222 |
|
|
{
|
6223 |
|
|
htab_traverse (object_block_htab, output_object_block_htab, NULL);
|
6224 |
|
|
}
|
6225 |
|
|
|
6226 |
|
|
#include "gt-varasm.h"
|